WO2013102659A2 - Binding agents to intracellular target molecules - Google Patents

Binding agents to intracellular target molecules Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013102659A2
WO2013102659A2 PCT/EP2013/050101 EP2013050101W WO2013102659A2 WO 2013102659 A2 WO2013102659 A2 WO 2013102659A2 EP 2013050101 W EP2013050101 W EP 2013050101W WO 2013102659 A2 WO2013102659 A2 WO 2013102659A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alphabody
cells
cell
polypeptides
intracellular
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2013/050101
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2013102659A3 (en
Inventor
Ignace Lasters
Mark Vaeck
Johan Desmet
Jürgen DEBAVEYE
Sabrina DEROO
Stefan Loverix
Original Assignee
Complix Nv
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Complix Nv filed Critical Complix Nv
Priority to JP2014550707A priority Critical patent/JP2015504064A/en
Priority to CA2860666A priority patent/CA2860666A1/en
Priority to IN1562MUN2014 priority patent/IN2014MN01562A/en
Priority to EP13701577.2A priority patent/EP2800759B1/en
Priority to BR112014016744A priority patent/BR112014016744A2/en
Priority to US14/370,213 priority patent/US20140363434A1/en
Priority to AU2013207209A priority patent/AU2013207209B2/en
Priority to CN201380009041.0A priority patent/CN104159913A/en
Publication of WO2013102659A2 publication Critical patent/WO2013102659A2/en
Publication of WO2013102659A3 publication Critical patent/WO2013102659A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/02Stomatological preparations, e.g. drugs for caries, aphtae, periodontitis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16Otologicals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/08Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses
    • C07K16/10Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses from RNA viruses
    • C07K16/1002Coronaviridae
    • C07K16/1003Severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 [SARS‐CoV‐2 or Covid-19]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/33Crossreactivity, e.g. for species or epitope, or lack of said crossreactivity
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/74Inducing cell proliferation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/80Immunoglobulins specific features remaining in the (producing) cell, i.e. intracellular antibodies or intrabodies
    • C07K2317/82Immunoglobulins specific features remaining in the (producing) cell, i.e. intracellular antibodies or intrabodies functional in the cytoplasm, the inner aspect of the cell membrane, the nucleus or the mitochondria
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2318/00Antibody mimetics or scaffolds
    • C07K2318/20Antigen-binding scaffold molecules wherein the scaffold is not an immunoglobulin variable region or antibody mimetics
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/01Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif
    • C07K2319/10Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif containing a tag for extracellular membrane crossing, e.g. TAT or VP22

Definitions

  • the application relates to the field of binding agents to intracellular target molecules, more particularly to intracellular proteins, such as for example proteins involved in apoptosis and controlled cell death.
  • the application further relates to uses of such binding agents for prophylactic, therapeutic or diagnostic purposes as well as in screening and detection.
  • macromolecules such as polypeptides and nucleic acids
  • small molecule drugs i.e. chemical compounds containing less than 100 atoms
  • the use of macromolecules as therapeutic agents has a number of advantages over small chemicals, the most important one being the ability to adopt large, stable three- dimensional conformations suitable for strong binding to targets, thereby allowing to interfere with native protein-protein or protein-nucleic acid interfaces that are difficult to address using small molecules.
  • the stability, size, and complexity of macromolecules can result in specificities that are not easily achievable using small molecules.
  • Alphabodies are single-chain, triple-stranded coiled coil proteins with a molecular weight of between 10 and 14 kDa. Alphabodies have been developed which bind with high affinity to specific molecular targets (WO201 1003935, WO201 1003936). However, to date, Alphabodies have only been developed against extracellular targets.
  • the application provides alternative and improved binding agents, and in particular polypeptides, which
  • the polypeptides provided herein comprise a sequence which ensures that they are capable of entering the cell, where they can interact with a target protein of interest.
  • the polypeptides envisaged herein comprise a sequence which ensures that they are able to cross the cellular membrane or which enhances their cellular entry.
  • polypeptides provided herein may comprise a modification to allow cellular internalization through for example (but not limited to) (i) fusion or conjugation of an Alphabody sequence with at least one group, moiety, protein, or peptide which allows internalization into a cell, and/or (ii) through the presence of one or more internalization regions comprising an amino acid residue motif or amino acid residue pattern within the Alphabody sequence.
  • intracellular target molecules to which the Alphabodies and polypeptides as envisaged in particular embodiments can specifically bind include for example, but are not limited to, proteins involved in cellular processes chosen from the group consisting of cell signaling, cell signal transduction, cellular and molecular transport (e.g. active transport or passive transport), osmosis, phagocytosis, autophagy, cell senescence, cell adhesion, cell motility, cell migration, cytoplasmic streaming, DNA replication, protein synthesis, reproduction (e.g. cell cycle, meiosis, mitosis, interphase, cytokinesis), cellular metabolism (e.g. glycolysis and respiration, energy supply), cell communication, DNA repair, apoptosis and programmed cell death.
  • proteins involved in cellular processes chosen from the group consisting of cell signaling, cell signal transduction, cellular and molecular transport (e.g. active transport or passive transport), osmosis, phagocytosis, autophagy, cell senescence, cell
  • protein-based therapeutics like antibodies
  • intracellular protein-protein interactions regulate a wide variety of essential cellular processes, many of which are known to be involved in important disease processes, such as those causing cancer, central nervous system diseases or metabolic diseases.
  • the polypeptides disclosed herein are shown to possess the capability for intracellular penetration and to remain stable within the cell and to bind their target in the cell. Therefore, they represent a unique tool for modulating intracellular protein-protein interactions and as therapeutics that can address the vast number of currently 'undruggable' targets that are involved in a broad range of diseases.
  • a further aspect provides for the use of the polypeptides described herein as a medicament, and more particularly in methods for the treatment of diseases or disorders which are associated with the biological pathways or biological interactions in which an intracellular target molecule is involved.
  • Cancer is for example one disease area in which the need for novel treatment options is high and where the opportunity for modulation of intracellular protein -protein interactions is particularly compelling.
  • a large number of well-defined oncogenes are intracellular proteins and often are 'undruggable' targets, i.e. proteins which cannot be efficiently targeted for therapeutic or diagnostic applications. Examples of these targets are proteins belonging to the BCL-2 family (regulators of cellular apoptosis).
  • the polypeptides described herein represent a novel drug development platform that is unique in its ability to address such targets.
  • polypeptides are characterized in that they specifically bind to MCL-1 and comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 16, 26 and 27.
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 4 to 16, 26 and 27.
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more sequence identity with a polypeptide sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 19 (MSIEEITKQIAAIQLRIVGDQVQIYAMT).
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 20 (LRXVGDXV).
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to BCL-2a, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 26 and 27.
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to BCL-XL, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 26 and 27.
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , BCL-2a and/or BCL-XL, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more sequence identity with a polypeptide sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 29 (MSIEEIAAQIAAIQLRIIGDQFNIYYMT).
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , BCL-2a and/or BCL-XL whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 30 (LRIIGDQF).
  • compositions comprising at least one polypeptide as described herein, and optionally one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • polypeptides comprising at least one Alphabody can be provided, which polypeptides can efficiently penetrate through cell membranes, are stable in the intracellular environment and can effectively and specifically bind to and affect the function of an intracellular target located inside the cell.
  • the polypeptides described herein can be used to treat various disease indications, such as for example cancer, by specifically modulating the function of intracellular targets associated with such disease indications and/or by affecting the biological (signaling) pathways in which the intracellular targets are involved.
  • 'about' as used herein when referring to a measurable value such as a parameter, an amount, a temporal duration, and the like, is meant to encompass variations of +/-10% or less, preferably +1-5% or less, more preferably +/-1 % or less, and still more preferably +/-0.1 % or less of and from the specified value, insofar such variations are appropriate to perform in the disclosed invention. It is to be understood that the value to which the modifier 'about' refers is itself also specifically, and preferably, disclosed.
  • an 'Alphabody ' or an 'Alphabody structure' can generally be defined as a self-folded, single-chain, triple-stranded, predominantly alpha-helical, coiled coil amino acid sequence, polypeptide or protein.
  • an Alphabody or Alphabody structure as used herein can be defined as an amino acid sequence, polypeptide or protein having the general formula HRS1 -L1 -HRS2-L2-HRS3, wherein each of HRS1 , HRS2 and HRS3 is independently a heptad repeat sequence (HRS) consisting of 2 to 7 consecutive heptad repeat units, at least 50% of all heptad a- and d-positions are occupied by isoleucine residues, each HRS starts and ends with an aliphatic or aromatic amino acid residue located at either a heptad a- or d-position, and HRS1 , HRS2 and HRS3 together form a triple-stranded, alpha-helical, coiled coil structure; and each of L1 and L2 are independently a linker fragment, as further defined hereinafter, which covalently connect HRS1 to HRS2 and HRS2 to HRS3, respectively.
  • HRS1 , HRS2 and HRS3 is
  • a 'parallel Alphabody' shall have the meaning of an Alphabody (structure) wherein the alpha-helices of the triple-stranded, alpha-helical, coiled coil structure together form a parallel coiled coil structure, i.e., a coiled coil wherein all three alpha-helices are parallel.
  • an 'antiparallel Alphabody' shall have the meaning of an
  • polypeptides comprising a sequence with the general formula HRS1 -L1 -HRS2- L2-HRS3, but which in certain particular embodiments comprise further groups, moieties and/or residues, which are covalently linked, more particularly N- and/or C-terminal covalently linked, to a basic Alphabody structure having the formula HRS1 -L1-HRS2-L2- HRS3.
  • HRS1 -L1 -HRS2-L2-HRS3 e.g., '(Alphabody) polypeptides' which comprise an Alphabody.
  • the binding features described for an Alphabody herein can generally also be applied to Alphabody polypeptides comprising said Alphabody.
  • the Alphabody polypeptides as envisaged herein are characterized by the presence of at least one triple-helix structure (consisting of three helixes) which as such forms a coiled coil.
  • 'heptad', 'heptad unit' or 'heptad repeat unit' are used interchangeably herein and shall herein have the meaning of a 7-residue (poly)peptide fragment that is repeated two or more times within each heptad repeat sequence of an Alphabody, polypeptide or composition as envisaged herein and is represented as 'abcdefg' or 'defgabc', wherein the symbols 'a' to 'g' denote conventional heptad positions.
  • heptad positions are assigned to specific amino acid residues within a heptad, a heptad unit, or a heptad repeat unit, present in an Alphabody, polypeptide or composition envisaged herein, for example, by using specialized software such as the COILS method of Lupas et al. (Science 1991 , 252:1 162-1 164; http://www.russell.embl- heidelberg.de/cgi-bin/coils-svr.pl).
  • heptads or heptad units as present in the Alphabodies as envisaged herein are not strictly limited to the above-cited representations (i.e. 'abcdefg' or 'defgabc') as will become clear from the further description herein and in their broadest sense constitute a 7-residue (poly)peptide fragment per se, comprising at least assignable heptad positions a and d.
  • 'heptad a-positions', 'heptad b-positions', 'heptad c-positions', 'heptad d- positions', 'heptad e-positions', 'heptad f-positions' and 'heptad g-positions' refer respectively to the conventional 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f and 'g' amino acid positions in a heptad, heptad repeat or heptad repeat unit of an Alphabody, polypeptide or composition envisaged herein.
  • a 'heptad motif as used herein shall have the meaning of a 7-residue (poly)peptide pattern.
  • a 'heptad motif of the type 'abcdefg' can usually be represented as ⁇ '
  • a 'heptad motif of the type 'defgabc' can usually represented as ⁇ ', wherein the symbol 'H' denotes an apolar or hydrophobic amino acid residue and the symbol ' ⁇ ' denotes a polar or hydrophilic amino acid residue.
  • heptad motifs as present in the Alphabodies envisaged herein are not strictly limited to the above-cited representations (i.e. 'abcdefg', ⁇ ', 'defgabc' and ⁇ ') as will become clear from the further description herein.
  • the terms 'linker', 'linker fragment' or 'linker sequence' are used interchangeably herein and refer to an amino acid sequence fragment that is part of the contiguous amino acid sequence of a single-chain Alphabody, and which covalently interconnects the HRS sequences of that Alphabody.
  • a 'coiled coil' or 'coiled coil structure' shall be used interchangeably herein and will be clear to the person skilled in the art based on the common general knowledge and the description and further references cited herein. Particular reference in this regard is made to review papers concerning coiled coil structures, such as for example, Cohen and Parry Proteins 1990, 7: 1-15; Kohn and Hodges Trends Biotechnol 1998, 16:379-389; Schneider et al Fold Des 1998, 3:R29-R40; Harbury et al.
  • an 'alpha-helical part of an Alphabody' shall herein have the meaning of that part of an Alphabody which has an alpha-helical secondary structure. Furthermore, any part of the full part of an Alphabody having an alpha-helical secondary structure is also considered an alpha-helical part of an Alphabody. More particularly, in the context of a binding site, where one or more amino acids located in an alpha-helical part of the Alphabody contribute to the binding site, the binding site is considered to be formed by an alpha-helical part of the Alphabody.
  • a 'solvent-oriented' or 'solvent-exposed' region of an alpha-helix of an Alphabody shall herein have the meaning of that part on an Alphabody which is directly exposed or which comes directly into contact with the solvent, environment, surroundings or milieu in which it is present. Furthermore, any part of the full part of an Alphabody which is directly exposed or which comes directly into contact with the solvent is also considered a solvent- oriented or solvent-exposed region of an Alphabody. More particularly, in the context of a binding site, where one or more amino acids located in a solvent-oriented part of the Alphabody contribute to the binding site, the binding site is considered to be formed by a solvent-oriented part of the Alphabody.
  • an Alphabody' shall herein have the meaning of that part on an Alphabody which corresponds to the concave, groove-like local shape, which is formed by any pair of spatially adjacent alpha-helices within an Alphabody.
  • amino acid residues will be indicated either by their full name or according to the standard three-letter or one-letter amino acid code.
  • An (Alphabody) polypeptide or Alphabody is said to 'specifically bind to' a particular target when that Alphabody or polypeptide has affinity for, specificity for and/or is specifically directed against that target (or for at least one part or fragment thereof).
  • the 'specificity' of the binding of an Alphabody or polypeptide as used herein can be determined based on affinity and/or avidity.
  • the 'affinity' of an Alphabody or polypeptide is represented by the equilibrium constant for the dissociation of the Alphabody or polypeptide and the target protein of interest to which it binds. The lower the KD value, the stronger the binding strength between the Alphabody or polypeptide and the target protein of interest to which it binds.
  • the affinity can also be expressed in terms of the affinity constant (KA), which corresponds to 1/KD.
  • the binding affinity of an Alphabody or polypeptide can be determined in a manner known to the skilled person, depending on the specific target protein of interest.
  • the KD can be expressed as the ratio of the dissociation rate constant of a complex, denoted as kOff (expressed in seconds “1 or s " ), to the rate constant of its association, denoted kOn (expressed in molar "1 seconds “1 or M “ s " ).
  • kOff the rate constant of its association
  • kOn the rate constant of its association
  • a KD value greater than about 1 millimolar is generally considered to indicate non-binding or non-specific binding.
  • the 'avidity' of an Alphabody or polypeptide against a given target is the measure of the strength of binding between an Alphabody or polypeptide and the given target protein of interest. Avidity is related to both the affinity between a binding site on the target protein of interest and a binding site on the Alphabody or polypeptide and the number of pertinent binding sites present on the Alphabody or polypeptide.
  • An Alphabody or polypeptide is said to be 'specific for a first target protein of interest as opposed to a second target protein of interest' when it binds to the first target protein of interest with an affinity that is at least 5 times, such as at least 10 times, such as at least 100 times, and preferably at least 1000 times higher than the affinity with which that Alphabody or polypeptide binds to the second target protein of interest. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, when an Alphabody or polypeptide is said to be 'specific for' a first target protein of interest as opposed to a second target protein of interest, it may specifically bind to (as defined herein) the first target protein of interest, but not to the second target protein of interest.
  • the 'half-life' of an Alphabody or polypeptide can generally be defined as the time that is needed for the in vivo serum or plasma concentration of the Alphabody or polypeptide to be reduced by 50%.
  • the in vivo half-life of an Alphabody or polypeptide can be determined in any manner known to the person skilled in the art, such as by pharmacokinetic analysis. As will be clear to the skilled person, the half-life can be expressed using parameters such as the t1/2 -alpha, t1/2-beta and the area under the curve (AUC).
  • An increased half-life in vivo is generally characterized by an increase in one or more and preferably in all three of the parameters t1/2-alpha, t1/2-beta and the area under the curve (AUC).
  • the terms 'enhancing', 'increasing' and/or 'activating' may refer to
  • a polypeptide that specifically binds to a target protein of interest and enhances increases and/or activates the interaction between that target protein of interest, and its natural binding partner.
  • the terms 'enhancing', 'increasing' and/or 'activating' may also refer to (the use of) a polypeptide that specifically binds to a target protein of interest and enhances, increases and/or activates a biological activity of that target protein of interest, as measured using a suitable in vitro, cellular or in vivo assay.
  • 'enhancing', 'increasing' and/or 'activating' may also refer to (the use of) a polypeptide that specifically binds to a target protein of interest and enhances, increases and/or activates one or more biological or physiological mechanisms, effects, responses, functions pathways or activities in which the target protein of interest is involved.
  • a polypeptide as envisaged herein as an agonist may be determined in any suitable manner and/or using any suitable (in vitro and usually cellular or in vivo) assay known in the art, depending on the target protein of interest.
  • the inhibiting or antagonizing activity or the enhancing or agonizing activity of a polypeptide as envisaged herein may be reversible or irreversible, but for pharmaceutical and pharmacological applications will typically occur reversibly.
  • An Alphabody or polypeptide or a nucleic acid sequence is considered to be '(in) essentially isolated (form)' as used herein, when it has been extracted or purified from the host cell and/or medium in which it is produced.
  • the at least one internalization region is entirely comprised within one alpha-helix of said at least one Alphabody structure sequence.
  • the positively charged amino acids of the internalization region are located on the outer surface of an alpha-helix of an Alphabody structure in the polypeptide, more particularly (exclusively) on the outer surface of an alpha-helix of an Alphabody structure.
  • a CPAB motif of an internalization region as envisaged herein is no longer capable of mediating cellular internalization of a polypeptide when the number of positively charged amino acid residues is reduced to less than 4.
  • the polypeptides as provided herein comprise at least one internalization region, which is located in helix A of the Alphabody structure. In further particular embodiments, the polypeptides as provided herein comprise at least one internalization region, which is located in helix C of the Alphabody structure. In further particular embodiments, the polypeptides as provided herein comprise two internalization regions, each of which is located in helix A and in helix C of the Alphabody structure as described herein.
  • the internalization region is not comprised in the loops or linker regions of an Alphabody structure.
  • polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise at least one internalization region, which is exclusively located and substantially entirely comprised within one alpha-helix of the Alphabody structure, such as the A-helix, the B-helix or the C-helix.
  • polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise at least one internalization region, which is exclusively located and substantially entirely comprised within one alpha-helix of the Alphabody structure, such as the A-helix or the C-helix.
  • a CPAB motif can for example (without limitation) be present in the following fragment of 16 amino acids that is comprised within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of an Alphabody structure: XXHXXXHXXHXXXHXX ,
  • H represents a hydrophobic and/or apolar amino acid residue
  • X residues are either arginine or lysine.
  • H represents isoleucine
  • the motif is a subfragment of the 16 amino acid fragment XXHXXXHXXHXXXHXX that is comprised within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of an Alphabody structure,
  • H represents a hydrophobic and/or apolar amino acid residue
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZXXZZXXZXZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPZHPZPHZPHZPHPPPHPP.
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZZXXZXZZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHPZPHZZHPZPHZHPPPHPP.
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZXXXZXXZXZZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HZPHZPPHZPHPZPHZZHPPPHPP.
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to
  • this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure.
  • positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HZPHZPPHZPHPZPHZZHPZPHPP.
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZZXXZXZZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HZPHZZPHZPHPPHPPPHPP.
  • this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure.
  • positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHZZPHZPHZPHPPPHPP.
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZXXZZXXZXZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHZPPHZPHZPHZPHZPPHPP.
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZZXXZXZZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHPPPHZPHZPHZPHZPHPP.
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to ZZXXZXXXZXXZZZXZZZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHZZPHZPHPZPHZZHPZZHZZ. In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZZXXZXXXZXZZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids.
  • this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure.
  • positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHZZPHZPHPZPHZZHPPPHPP.
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to ZZXXZZXZZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHZZHPZZHZZ.
  • the CPAB motif corresponds to ZZXXXXXZZXXXXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to ZZHPPPHZZHPPPHZZ.
  • polypeptides envisaged herein may comprise more than one internalization region in an Alphabody structure.
  • Such motifs may comprise the same or different motifs.
  • polypeptides provided herein comprise or essentially consist of at least one Alphabody structure sequence, which
  • (i) is capable of being internalized into a cell through the presence of at least one positively charged internalization region as described herein, which is comprised at least in part within said Alphabody structure sequence, and in addition
  • polypeptides comprising an Alphabody structure are provided which are capable of binding to an intracellular target and are characterized by the presence of at least one positively charged internalization region, at least partially located within the Alphabody structure sequence present in said polypeptide, wherein the internalization region is characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acid residues and consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acids.
  • At least 80% of the amino acid residues comprised in the at least one positively charged internalization region are comprised within the at least one Alphabody structure sequence; and in still further particular embodiments, the at least one internalization region is substantially entirely comprised within said at least one Alphabody structure sequence, such as (substantially entirely) comprised within one alpha-helix of said at least one Alphabody structure sequence. In further particular embodiments, the at least one internalization region is (substantially entirely) comprised within the A-helix and/or within the C-helix of said at least one Alphabody structure sequence.
  • an internalization region is such that it consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acid residues which, when all mutated into non-positively charged amino acids, cellular uptake of the polypeptide comprising the internalization region is reduced by at least 50%, such as at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90% or more.
  • an internalization region is such that it consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acid residues which, when all mutated into non-positively charged amino acids, cellular uptake of the polypeptide comprising the internalization region is substantially completely abolished.
  • polypeptides as envisaged herein have the potential to either directly or indirectly affect the biological function of intracellular targets inside cells they are particularly useful for medical, i.e. therapeutic or prophylactic, applications in a wide variety of disease indications.
  • polypeptides described herein comprise, within the Alphabody structure, a binding site to an intracellular protein.
  • intracellular target molecules to which the Alphabodies and polypeptides as envisaged in certain embodiments can specifically bind include for example, but are not limited to, proteins involved in cellular processes chosen from the group consisting of cell signaling, cell signal transduction, cellular and molecular transport (e.g. active transport or passive transport), osmosis, phagocytosis, autophagy, cell senescence, cell adhesion, cell motility, cell migration, cytoplasmic streaming, DNA replication, protein synthesis, reproduction (e.g. cell cycle, meiosis, mitosis, interphase, cytokinesis), cellular metabolism (e.g. glycolysis and respiration, energy supply), cell communication, DNA repair, apoptotis and programmed cell death.
  • proteins involved in cellular processes chosen from the group consisting of cell signaling, cell signal transduction, cellular and molecular transport (e.g. active transport or passive transport), osmosis, phagocytosis, autophagy, cell senescence, cell
  • polypeptides as envisaged herein are further capable of maintaining their biological activity in the intracellular environment. Indeed, it has been demonstrated herein that the polypeptides provided herein are not only stable in the intracellular milieu but are also capable of binding their intracellular target and inhibiting the function thereof.
  • Particular polypeptides as described herein are capable of specifically binding to anti-apoptotic members of the BCL-2 family of proteins.
  • anti-apoptotic members of the BCL-2 family of proteins are MCL-1 , BCL-2, BCL-2a, BCL-X L , BCL-w and BFL-1/A1 .
  • one Alphabody may bind to several (i.e., one or more) intracellular proteins of interest.
  • the binding of the Alphabody is driven by one of its alpha-helices, which is stabilized in the Alphabody coiled coil structure.
  • the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 16, 26 and 27.
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to BCL-2a, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 26 and 27.
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to BCL-XL, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 26 and 27.
  • polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 and/or BCL-2a and/or BCL-XL, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more sequence identity with a polypeptide sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 29 (MSIEEIAAQIAAIQLRIIGDQFNIYYMT).
  • Alphabodies and polypeptides as envisaged in certain embodiments can specifically bind include intracellular proteins that are naturally involved in processes occurring in eukaryotic cells, such as animal cells, and in particular mammalian or human cells. [BINDING AFFINITY OF THE ALPHABODY POLYPEPTIDES]
  • the KD can also be expressed as the ratio of the dissociation rate constant of a complex, denoted as kOff (expressed in seconds “1 or s " ), to the rate constant of its association, denoted kOn (expressed in molar "1 seconds “1 or M “ s " ).
  • kOff the rate constant of its association
  • kOn the rate constant of its association
  • a polypeptide as disclosed herein will bind to the target protein of interest with a kOff ranging between 0.1 and 0.0001s "1 and/or a kOn ranging between 1 ,000 and 1 ,000,000 M “ s " .
  • Binding affinities, kOff and kOn rates may be determined by means of methods known to the person skilled in the art, for example ELISA methods, isothermal titration calorimetry, surface plasmon resonance, fluorescence-activated cell sorting analysis, and the more.
  • the target-binding polypeptides described herein are amino acid sequences comprising one or more Alphabody scaffolds having the general formula HRS1-L1 -HRS2- L2-HRS3, and optionally comprising additional N- and C-terminal linked groups, residues or moieties resulting in the formula N-HRS1-L1 -HRS2-L2-HRS3-C.
  • the optional N and C extensions can be, for example, a tag for detection or purification (e.g. a His-tag) or another protein or protein domain, in which case the full construct is denoted a fusion protein.
  • the optional extensions N and C are herein considered not to form part of a single-chain Alphabody structure, which is defined by the general formula 'HRS1-L1-HRS2-L2-HRS3'.
  • these 'e-positions' and 'g-positions' are located in the groove formed between two spatially adjacent alpha-helices, and the corresponding amino acid residues are commonly denoted the 'groove residues'.
  • the 'b-positions', 'c- positions' and 'f-positions' in each heptad unit of an Alphabody structure are the most solvent-exposed positions in a coiled coil structure.
  • a heptad may be referred to as 'heptad repeat' because the 7-residue fragment is usually repeated a number of times in a true coiled coil amino acid sequence.
  • a heptad motif (as defined herein) of the type 'abcdefg' is typically represented as
  • Heptads within coiled coil sequences do not always comply with the ideal pattern of hydrophobic and polar residues, as polar residues are occasionally located at ' ⁇ ' positions and hydrophobic residues at ' ⁇ ' positions.
  • the patterns ⁇ ' and 'HPPPHPP' are to be considered as ideal patterns or characteristic reference motifs.
  • the characteristic heptad motif is represented as 'HPPHCPC or 'HxxHCxC wherein ⁇ ' and ' ⁇ ' have the same meaning as above, 'C denotes a charged residue (lysine, arginine, glutamic acid or aspartic acid) and ' ⁇ ' denotes any (unspecified) natural amino acid residue.
  • a heptad repeat sequence (as defined herein) is typically represented by (abcdefg)n or (defgabc) n in notations referring to conventional heptad positions, or by (HPPHPPP)n or (HPPPHPP) n in notations referring to the heptad motifs, with the proviso that not all amino acid residues in a HRS should strictly follow the ideal pattern of hydrophobic and polar residues.
  • heptad repeat sequences comprising amino acids or amino acid sequences that deviate from the consensus motif, and if only amino acid sequence information is at hand, then the COILS method of Lupas et al. (Science 1991 , 252: 1 162- 1 164) is a suitable method for the determination or prediction of heptad repeat sequences and their boundaries, as well as for the assignment of heptad positions.
  • the heptad repeat sequences can be resolved based on knowledge at a higher level than the primary structure (i.e., the amino acid sequence).
  • heptad repeat sequences can be identified and delineated on the basis of secondary structural information (i.e.
  • HRS alpha-helicity
  • tertiary structural i.e., protein folding
  • a typical characteristic of a putative HRS is an alpha-helical structure.
  • Another (strong) criterion is the implication of a sequence or fragment in a coiled coil structure. Any sequence or fragment that is known to form a regular coiled coil structure, i.e., without stutters or stammers as described in Brown et al. Proteins 1996, 26:134-145, is herein considered a HRS.
  • the identification of HRS fragments can be based on high-resolution 3-D structural information (X-ray or NMR structures).
  • any HRS fragment may be defined as the first (respectively last) a- or d- position at which a standard hydrophobic amino acid residue (selected from the group valine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tyrosine or tryptophan) is located.
  • a standard hydrophobic amino acid residue selected from the group valine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tyrosine or tryptophan
  • the linkers within a single-chain structure of the Alphabody structure interconnect the HRS sequences, and more particularly the first to the second HRS, and the second to the third HRS in an Alphabody.
  • Each linker sequence in an Alphabody commences with the residue following the last heptad residue of the preceding HRS and ends with the residue preceding the first heptad residue of the next HRS.
  • Connections between HRS fragments via disulfide bridges or chemical cross-linking or, in general, through any means of inter-chain linkage (as opposed to intra-chain linkage), are explicitly excluded from the definition of a linker fragment (at least, in the context of an Alphabody) because such would be in contradiction with the definition of a single-chain Alphabody.
  • a linker fragment in an Alphabody is preferably flexible in conformation to ensure relaxed (unhindered) association of the three heptad repeat sequences as an alpha-helical coiled coil structure.
  • 'L1 ' shall denote the linker fragment one, i.e., the linker between HRS1 and HRS2
  • 'L2' shall denote the linker fragment two, i.e., the linker between HRS2 and HRS3.
  • Suitable linkers for use in the Alphabody structure will be clear to the skilled person, and may generally be any linker used in the art to link amino acid sequences, as long as the linkers are structurally flexible, in the sense that they do not affect the characteristic three dimensional coiled coil structure of the Alphabody.
  • the two linkers L1 and L2 in a particular Alphabody structure may be the same or may be different. Based on the further disclosure herein, the skilled person will be able to determine the optimal linkers for a specific Alphabody structure, optionally after performing a limited number of routine experiments.
  • the linkers L1 and L2 are amino acid sequences consisting of at least 4, in particular at least 8, more particularly at least 12 amino acid residues, with a non-critical upper limit chosen for reasons of convenience being about 30 amino acid residues.
  • a non-critical upper limit chosen for reasons of convenience being about 30 amino acid residues.
  • preferably at least 50% of the amino acid residues of a linker sequence are selected from the group proline, glycine, and serine.
  • preferably at least 60%, such as at least 70%, such as for example 80% and more particularly 90% of the amino acid residues of a linker sequence are selected from the group proline, glycine, and serine.
  • the linker sequences essentially consist of polar amino acid residues; in such particular embodiments, preferably at least 50%, such as at least 60%, such as for example 70% or 80% and more particularly 90% or up to 100% of the amino acid residues of a linker sequence are selected from the group consisting of glycine, serine, threonine, alanine, proline, histidine, asparagine, aspartic acid, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine and arginine.
  • each of the linkers L1 and L2 in an Alphabody structure are independently a linker fragment, covalently connecting HRS1 to HRS2 and HRS2 to HRS3, respectively, and consisting of at least 4 amino acid residues, preferably at least 50% of which are selected from the group proline, glycine, serine.
  • the 'coiled coil' structure of an Alphabody can be considered as being an assembly of alpha-helical heptad repeat sequences wherein the helical heptad repeat sequences are as defined supra;
  • the core residues at a- and d-positions form the core of the assembly, wherein they pack against each other in a knobs-into-holes manner as defined in the Socket algorithm (Walshaw and Woolfson J Mol Biol 2001 , 307:1427-1450) and reiterated in Lupas and Gruber Adv Protein Chem 2005, 70:37-78; • the core residues are packed in regular core packing layers, where the layers are defined as in Schneider et al Fold Des 1998, 3:R29-R40.
  • the coiled coil structure of an Alphabody structure is not to be confused with ordinary three-helix bundles. Criteria to distinguish between a true coiled coil and non- coiled coil helical bundles are provided in Desmet et al. WO 2010/066740 A1 and Schneider et al Fold Des 1998, 3:R29-R40; such criteria essentially relate to the presence or absence of structural symmetry in the packing of core residues for coiled coils and helix bundles, respectively. Also the presence or absence of left-handed supercoiling for coiled coils and helix bundles, respectively, provides a useful criterion to distinguish between both types of folding.
  • the Alphabody structure as envisaged herein is restricted to 3-stranded coiled coils.
  • the coiled coil region in an Alphabody can be organized with all alpha-helices in parallel orientation (corresponding to a 'parallel Alphabody' as described in EP2161278 by Applicant Complix NV) or with one of the three alpha-helices being antiparallel to the two other (corresponding to an 'antiparallel Alphabody' as described in WO 2010/066740 by Applicant Complix NV).
  • alpha-helical part of an Alphabody structure will usually grossly coincide with the heptad repeat sequences although differences can exist near the boundaries.
  • a sequence fragment with a clear heptad motif can be non- helical due to the presence of one or more helix-distorting residues (e.g., glycine or proline).
  • part of a linker fragment can be alpha-helical despite the fact that it is located outside a heptad repeat region.
  • any part of one or more alpha-helical heptad repeat sequences is also considered an alpha-helical part of a single-chain Alphabody.
  • the solvent-oriented region of (the alpha-helices of) an Alphabody structure is an important Alphabody region.
  • the solvent-oriented region is largely formed by b-, c- and f-residues. There are three such regions per single-chain Alphabody, i.e., one in each alpha-helix. Any part of such solvent- oriented region is also considered a solvent-oriented region.
  • a subregion composed of the b-, c- and f-residues from three consecutive heptads in an Alphabody alpha-helix will also form a solvent-oriented surface region.
  • Residues implicated in the formation of (the surface of) a groove between two adjacent alpha-helices in an Alphabody are generally located at heptad e- and g-positions, but some of the more exposed b- and c-positions as well as some of the largely buried core a- and d-positions may also contribute to a groove surface; such will essentially depend on the size of the amino acid side-chains placed at these positions.
  • both halves of the groove are formed by b- and e-residues.
  • both halves of the groove are formed by c- and g-residues.
  • the three types of possible grooves are herein denoted by their primary groove-forming (e- and g-) residues: if the helices are parallel, then the groove is referred to as an e/g-groove; if the helices are antiparallel, then the groove is referred to as either an e/e-groove or a g/g- groove.
  • Parallel Alphabodies have three e/g-grooves, whereas antiparallel Alphabodies have one e/g-groove, one e/e-groove and one g/g-groove. Any part of an Alphabody groove is also considered a groove region.
  • (Alphabody) polypeptides comprise or essentially consist of at least one Alphabody as defined herein and optionally comprise one or more further groups, moieties, residues optionally linked via one or more linkers.
  • groups, moieties or residues are, in particular embodiments, linked N- or C- terminally to the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments however, one or more groups, moieties or residues are linked to the body of the Alphabody structure, e.g. to a free cysteine in an alpha-helix.
  • the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise one or more Alphabodies, which have been chemically modified.
  • a modification may involve the introduction or linkage of one or more functional groups, residues or moieties into or onto the Alphabody structure.
  • These groups, residues or moieties may confer one or more desired properties or functionalities to the polypeptide. Examples of such functional groups will be clear to the skilled person.
  • the introduction or linkage of such functional groups to an Alphabody structure can result in an increase in the half-life, the solubility and/or the stability of the polypeptide or in a reduction of the toxicity of the polypeptide, or in the elimination or attenuation of any undesirable side effects of the polypeptide, and/or in other advantageous properties.
  • polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise
  • Alphabodies that have been chemically modified to increase the biological or plasma half- life thereof, for example, by means of PEGylation, by means of the addition of a group which binds to or which is a serum protein (such as serum albumin or transferrin) or, in general, by linkage of the Alphabody to a moiety that increases the half-life of the polypeptide.
  • Alphabodies can be PEGylated at a solvent exposed Cysteine using maleimide mPEG 40kD PEG (Jenkem Technology) or other PEG moieties of different molecular mass.
  • the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise Alphabodies that have been fused to protein domains or peptides to increase the biological or plasma half-life thereof, for example, with a domain which binds to or which is a serum protein (such as serum albumin or to the Fc part of an immunoglobulin).
  • Said protein domain may be an Alphabody which binds to a serum protein, such as for example serum albumin or transferrin.
  • the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise Alphabodies that in addition to their target binding (toward the intracellular target, such as for example anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins of interest) bind also a serum protein (such as serum albumin or transferrin or to the Fc part of an immunoglobulin) to increase the biological or plasma half-life of said Alphabodies.
  • a serum protein such as serum albumin or transferrin or to the Fc part of an immunoglobulin
  • the polypeptides as envisaged herein with increased half-life have a half- life (in human or in an animal model used for PK evaluation such as rat, dog, monkey, mouse, horse, pig, cat, etc) of more than 1 week, equally preferably more than 2 weeks as compared to the half-life of the corresponding Alphabody lacking the above described equipment for half life extension.
  • a particular modification of the Alphabodies present in the polypeptides envisaged herein may comprise the introduction of one or more detectable labels or other signal- generating groups or moieties, depending on the intended use of the labeled polypeptide.
  • Yet a further particular modification may involve the introduction of a chelating group, for example to chelate one or more metals or metallic cations.
  • the polypeptides as envisaged herein may comprise an Alphabody structure linked to a toxin or to a toxic residue or moiety.
  • the one or more groups, residues, moieties are linked to an Alphabody structure via one or more suitable linkers or spacers.
  • the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise two or more target-specific Alphabodies.
  • the two or more target-specific Alphabodies may be linked (coupled, concatenated, interconnected, fused) to each other either in a direct or in an indirect way.
  • the two or more Alphabodies are directly linked to each other, they are linked without the aid of a spacer or linker fragment or moiety.
  • the two or more Alphabodies are indirectly linked to each other, they are linked via a suitable spacer or linker fragment or linker moiety.
  • the polypeptides and pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein can be used to increase one or more specific immune responses in a subject in which the an intracellular target molecule of interest to which the one or more of the polypeptides and compositions as disclosed herein bind, are involved.
  • Agonistic polypeptides or pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein binding to certain intracellular target molecules can be used to stimulate or enhance one or more immune responses in a subject, for example for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases that are characterized by a weakened immune system or that may occur as a result of having a weakened immune system.
  • These methods may further comprise the step of amplifying at least one single- chain Alphabody (polypeptide) having detectable binding affinity for, or detectable in vitro activity on, an intracellular target molecule of interest.
  • a phage clone displaying a particular single-chain Alphabody or polypeptide obtained from a selection step of a method described herein, may be amplified by reinfection of a host bacteria and incubation in a growth medium.
  • an Alphabody polypeptide sequence comprised in a set, collection or library of Alphabody polypeptide sequences, is displayed on a suitable cell or phage or particle, it is possible to isolate from said cell or phage or particle, the nucleotide sequence that encodes that Alphabody polypeptide sequence. In this way, the nucleotide sequence of the selected Alphabody library member(s) can be determined by a routine sequencing method.
  • Alphabody or polypeptide sequences having detectable binding affinity for, or detectable in vitro activity on, an intracellular target molecule of interest may be synthesized as soluble protein construct, optionally after their sequence has been identified.
  • Alphabody or polypeptide produced from an expression vector using a suitable expression system may be tagged (typically at the N- terminal or C-terminal end of the Alphabody) with e.g. a His-tag or other sequence tag for easy purification.
  • the application also provides methods for the production of Alphabodies or polypeptides having detectable binding affinity for, or detectable in vitro activity on, an intracellular target molecule of interest comprising transforming, transfecting or infecting a host cell with nucleic acid sequences or vectors encoding such Alphabodies and expressing the Alphabodies under suitable conditions.
  • the methods for the production of one or more target- binding polypeptides may further be followed by steps or methods involving the rationalization of the obtained or produced Alphabody polypeptide sequences.
  • a sequence rationalization process may include the identification or determination of particular amino acid residues, amino acid residue positions, stretches, motifs or patterns that are conserved between or among different Alphabodies or polypeptides against a specific target molecule of interest that have been produced using the methods described herein. Accordingly, this rationalization process can be conducted by comparing different produced Alphabody or polypeptide sequences that are specific for a certain target molecule or protein of interest and identifying the sequence coherence between these sequences.
  • Such a process can be optionally supported or performed by using techniques for molecular modeling, interactive ligand docking or biostatistical data mining.
  • the particular amino acid residues, amino acid residue positions, stretches, motifs or patterns that are identified as being conserved between or among different Alphabody structures against a specific target molecule of interest may be considered as contributing to the binding or activity of the target-specific Alphabodies.
  • Alphabody libraries so obtained are referred to as 'dedicated libraries' of Alphabodies. These dedicated libraries are then again screened to identify the best target-binding Alphabody. Thus, in the production of such dedicated libraries of Alphabody sequences, the amino acid residues, stretches, motifs or patterns that are conserved between or among different Alphabodies are kept constant during the production process of the library. From such dedicated libraries, Alphabody sequences having an improved or optimized binding specificity for and/or in vitro activity on the target molecule of interest may be identified and optionally isolated.
  • the process of sequence rationalization as described above may further be followed by the creation of a new library of Alphabody sequences starting from the set of different Alphabody sequences that have been identified as being specific for a target molecule of interest and that have been produced using the methods envisaged herein.
  • a new library of Alphabody sequences starting from the set of different Alphabody sequences that have been identified as being specific for a target molecule of interest and that have been produced using the methods envisaged herein.
  • the different Alphabody sequences are varied by introducing at a limited number of randomly chosen positions, random amino acid substitutions.
  • Alphabody or polypeptide sequences having an improved or optimized binding specificity for and/or in vitro activity on the target molecule of interest.
  • the total number of amino acid residues in a Alphabody structure present within a polypeptide envisaged herein can be in the range of about 50 to about 210, depending mainly on the number of heptads per heptad repeat sequence and the length of the flexible linkers interconnecting the heptad repeat sequences.
  • Parts, fragments, analogs or derivatives of a polypeptide or composition provided herein are not particularly limited as to their length and/or size, as long as such parts, fragments, analogs or derivatives still have the biological function of the polypeptide or composition from which they are derived and can still be used for the envisaged (pharmacological) purposes.
  • compositions comprising and one or more polypeptides as envisaged herein that can be used for veterinary purposes in the prevention and/or treatment of one or more diseases, disorders or conditions associated with and/or mediated by intracellular target molecules of interest, such as an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins.
  • the polypeptides as envisaged herein may be formulated as a pharmaceutical preparation or compositions comprising at least one Alphabody or polypeptide as envisaged herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient and/or adjuvant, and optionally one or more further pharmaceutically active polypeptides and/or compounds.
  • a pharmaceutical preparation or compositions comprising at least one Alphabody or polypeptide as envisaged herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient and/or adjuvant, and optionally one or more further pharmaceutically active polypeptides and/or compounds.
  • Such a formulation may be suitable for oral, parenteral, topical administration or for administration by inhalation.
  • Alphabodies, or polypeptides as envisaged herein and/or the compositions comprising the same can for example be administered orally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, transdermally, topically, by means of a suppository, by inhalation, again depending on the specific pharmaceutical formulation or composition to be used.
  • the clinician will be able to select a suitable route of administration and a suitable pharmaceutical formulation or composition to be used in such administration.
  • compositions may also contain suitable binders, disintegrating agents, sweetening agents or flavoring agents. Tablets, pills, or capsules may be coated for instance with gelatin, wax or sugar and the like.
  • Alphabodies and polypeptides envisaged herein may be incorporated into sustained-release preparations and devices.
  • the pharmaceutical dosage forms suitable for injection or infusion can include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions or sterile powders comprising the active ingredient which are adapted for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable or infusible solutions or dispersions, optionally encapsulated in liposomes.
  • the liquid carrier or vehicle can be a solvent or liquid dispersion medium comprising, for example, water, ethanol, a polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and the like), vegetable oils, nontoxic glyceryl esters, and suitable mixtures thereof.
  • Antibacterial and antifungal agents and the like can optionally be added.
  • Useful dosages of the polypeptides as envisaged herein can be determined by determining their in vitro activity, and/or in vivo activity in animal models. Methods for the extrapolation of effective dosages in mice, and other animals, to humans are known to the skilled person.
  • the amount of the polypeptides as envisaged herein required for use in prophylaxis and/or treatment may vary not only with the particular Alphabody or polypeptide selected but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition being treated and the age and condition of the patient and will be ultimately at the discretion of the attendant physician or clinician. Also the dosage of the Alphabodies and polypeptides envisaged herein may vary depending on the target cell, tumor, tissue, graft, or organ.
  • polypeptides as envisaged herein and/or the compositions comprising the same are administered according to a regimen of treatment that is suitable for preventing and/or treating the disease or disorder to be prevented or treated.
  • the clinician will generally be able to determine a suitable treatment regimen.
  • the treatment regimen will comprise the administration of one or more polypeptides, or of one or more compositions comprising the same, in one or more pharmaceutically effective amounts or doses.
  • the desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses (which can again be sub-dosed) administered at appropriate intervals.
  • An administration regimen could include long-term (i.e., at least two weeks, and for example several months or years) or daily treatment.
  • the polypeptides as envisaged herein will be administered in an amount which will be determined by the medical practitioner based inter alia on the severity of the condition and the patient to be treated. Typically, for each disease indication an optical dosage will be determined specifying the amount to be administered per kg body weight per day, either continuously (e.g. by infusion), as a single daily dose or as multiple divided doses during the day.
  • the clinician will generally be able to determine a suitable daily dose, depending on the factors mentioned herein. It will also be clear that in specific cases, the clinician may choose to deviate from these amounts, for example on the basis of the factors cited above and his expert judgment.
  • polypeptides as envisaged herein may be used in combination with other pharmaceutically active compounds or principles that are or can be used for the prevention and/or treatment of the diseases and disorders cited herein, as a result of which a synergistic effect may or may not be obtained.
  • examples of such compounds and principles, as well as routes, methods and pharmaceutical formulations or compositions for administering them will be clear to the clinician.
  • the use of the polypeptides as envisaged herein that specifically bind to an intracellular target of interest is provided for the preparation of a medicament for the prevention and/or treatment of at least one intracellular target- mediated disease and/or disorder in which said intracellular target molecule is involved.
  • the application provides polypeptides and pharmaceutical compositions specifically binding to an intracellular target, such as but not limited to an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins, for use in the prevention and/or treatment of at least one intracellular target-mediated disease and/or disorder in which said intracellular target molecule is involved.
  • methods for the prevention and/or treatment of at least one intracellular target-mediated disease and/or disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a pharmaceutically active amount of one or more polypeptides and/or pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein.
  • the pharmaceutically active amount may be an amount that is sufficient (to create a level of the polypeptide in circulation) to inhibit, prevent or decrease (or in the case of agonistic Alphabodies and polypeptides as envisaged herein: enhance, promote or increase) intracellular targets, such as but not limited to an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins, or their biological or pharmacological activity and/or the biological pathways or signalling in which they are involved.
  • the subject or patient to be treated with the polypeptides described herein may be any warm-blooded animal, but is in particular a mammal, and more in particular a human suffering from, or at risk of, diseases and disorders in which the intracellular target molecules to which the polypeptides as described herein specifically bind to are involved.
  • the skilled person will generally be able to select a suitable in vitro assay, cellular assay or animal model to test the polypeptides described herein for binding to the intracellular target molecule or for their capacity to affect the activity of these intracellular target molecules, and/or the biological mechanisms in which these are involved; as well as for their therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect in respect of one or more diseases and disorders that are associate with an intracellular target molecule.
  • polypeptides comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody that is capable of being internalized in a cell and specifically binds to an intracellular target molecule that is biologically active within the cell for use as a medicament, and more particularly for use in a method for the treatment of a disease or disorder chosen from the group consisting of cancer, infectious diseases, hematopoietic diseases, metabolic diseases, immune diseases, neurological disorders, proliferative disorders, cardiovascular diseases and inflammatory diseases.
  • the polypeptides envisaged herein are used to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose cancers and neoplastic conditions.
  • cancers or neoplastic conditions include, but are not limited to, a fibrosarcoma, myosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, rectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, uterine cancer, cancer of the head and neck, skin cancer, brain cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile
  • proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders and cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders, such as but not limited to, epithelial hyperplasia, sclerosing adenosis, and small duct papillomas; tumors, e.g., stromal tumors such as fibroadenoma, phyllodes tumor, and sarcomas, and epithelial tumors such as large duct papilloma; carcinoma of the breast including in situ (noninvasive) carcinoma that includes ductal carcinoma in situ (including Paget's disease) and lobular carcinoma in situ, and invasive (infiltrating) carcinoma including, but not limited to, invasive ductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid (mucinous) carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and invasive papillary carcinoma, miscellane
  • polypeptides as envisaged herein can also be used to treat a variety of immune disorders, such as but not limited to an inflammatory disease or disorder, or an autoimmune disease or disorder.
  • the polypeptides as envisaged herein can further be used to treat hematopoietic disorders or diseases including, without limitation, autoimmune diseases (including, for example, diabetes mellitus, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), multiple sclerosis, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis), psoriasis, Sjogren's Syndrome, Crohn's disease, aphthous ulcer, ulceris, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions,
  • cardiovascular disorders e.g., inflammatory disorders
  • cardiovascular disorders including, but not limited to, atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction, stroke, thrombosis, aneurism, heart failure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, sudden cardiac death, hypertensive heart disease; non-coronary vessel disease, such as arteriolosclerosis, small vessel disease, nephropathy, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, hyperlipidemia, xanthomatosis, asthma, hypertension, emphysema and chronic pulmonary disease; or a cardiovascular condition associated with interventional procedures ('procedural vascular trauma'), such as restenosis following angioplasty, placement of a shunt, stent, synthetic or natural excision grafts, indwelling catheter, valve or other implantable devices.
  • interventional procedures 'procedural vascular trauma'
  • the polypeptides described herein can further be used to treat a human, at risk for or afflicted with a neurological disease or disorder including but not limited to Alzheimer Disease or Parkinson Disease, Huntington disease, dentatorubral pallidoluysian atrophy or a spinocerebellar ataxia, e.g., SCAI, SCA2, SCA3 (Machado-Joseph disease), SCA7 or SCA8, ALS, multiple sclerosis, epilepsy, Down's Syndrome, Dutch Type Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage Amyloidosis, Reactive Amyloidosis, Familial Amyloid Nephropathy with Urticaria and Deafness, Muckle-Wells Syndrome, Idiopathic Myeloma; Macroglobulinemia- Associated Myeloma, Familial Amyloid Polyneuropathy, Familial Amyloid Cardiomyopathy, Isolated Cardiac Amyloid, Systemic Senile Amyloidosis, Adult Onset Diabetes, Insuli
  • Figure 1 Sequence of the MCL-1 binding Alphabodies.
  • scAB-013 Shown are the aligned sequences of scAB-013 (SEQ ID NO: 24), a reference Alphabody, and the designed Alphabodies MCL1 -AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 1 ), MCL-AB2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) and MCL-AB3 (SEQ ID NO: 3) by the methods described herein.
  • Residues grafted from Protein Data Bank (PDB) entry 3MK8 are shown in white on a black background. Boxed residues denote substitutions in the Alphabody's helices to promote or accommodate binding to MCL-1.
  • sequences are shown as aligned fragments, each set of fragments corresponding to 'Helix A, 'Loop 1 ', 'Helix B', 'Loop 2' and 'Helix C of the Alphabodies, respectively.
  • the full sequences are single polypeptide sequence consisting of these fragments in the order as shown.
  • Figure 2 Sequence IDs and associated sequences of MCL-1 binding Alphabodies.
  • SEQ ID NO: 1 , SEQ ID NO: 2 and SEQ ID NO: 3 correspond to the Alphabody amino acid sequences of respectively MCL-AB1 , MCL1-AB2 and MCL1-AB3.
  • FIG. 3 Binding of Alphabody polypeptides KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4), VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) and tat-013 (SEQ ID NO: 25) to spotted MCL-1 cell lysate.
  • the binding of the Alphabodies was detected using an HRP conjugated anti-His antibody.
  • KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 , VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 are CPP5-tagged MCL1-AB1 Alphabodies and tat-tagged control Alphabody scAB013.
  • the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel)
  • the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light)
  • the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel)
  • the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody).
  • Figure 5 Intracellular uptake of 0.5 microM tat-013 (SEQ ID NO: 25) (panel A), KLPVM- MCL1_AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) (panel B) and VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) (panel C) after 2 h incubation with human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG).
  • the Alphabody was visualized using rabbit anti-serum and a Alexa488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti-rabbit Ab). The nucleus was stained with DAPI.
  • the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel)
  • the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light)
  • the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel)
  • the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody).
  • Figure 6 Intracellular uptake of 10, 20 and 50 microM KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) after 12 h incubation with human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG).
  • the Alphabody was visualized using rabbit anti-serum and a Alexa488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti-rabbit Ab).
  • the nucleus was stained with DAPI.
  • the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel)
  • the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light)
  • the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel)
  • the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody).
  • Figure 7 Intracellular uptake of 10, 20 and 50 microM VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) after 12 h incubation with human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG).
  • the Alphabody was visualized using rabbit anti-serum and a Alexa488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti-rabbit Ab).
  • the nucleus was stained with DAPI.
  • the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel)
  • the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light)
  • the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel)
  • the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody).
  • Figure 8 Apoptosis observed after 12 h incubation of 50 microM KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) (panel A) and VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) (panel B) in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG).
  • the Alphabody was visualized using rabbit anti-serum and a Alexa488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti-rabbit Ab). The nucleus was stained with DAPI.
  • the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel)
  • the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light)
  • the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel)
  • the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody).
  • the effects of 50 microM CPP5 Alphabodies on U87.MG cell morphology are shown in Panel C.
  • Figure 9 Apoptosis induced by KLPVM-MCL1_AB1 (KLPVM) (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 (VPTLK) (SEQ ID NO: 7)
  • KLPVM KLPVM
  • VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 VPTLK-MCL1_AB1
  • Figure 9A Apoptosis induced by KLPVM-MCL1_AB1 (KLPVM) (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 (VPTLK) (SEQ ID NO: 7)
  • Apoptosis was defined as the percentage of Annexin V positive cells corresponding to early apoptotic events (light colour bars) and the percentage of
  • Figure 10 Apoptosis induced by KLPVM-MCL1_AB1 (KLPVM) (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 (VPTLK) (SEQ ID NO: 7)
  • KLPVM KLPVM
  • VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 VPTLK-MCL1_AB1
  • Figure 10B Apoptosis induced by KLPVM-MCL1_AB1 (KLPVM) (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 (VPTLK) (SEQ ID NO: 7)
  • Apoptosis was defined as the percentage of Annexin V positive cells corresponding to early apoptotic events (light colour bars) and the percentage of Annexin V and
  • Figure 11 Bi-variant dot plot of PI (PerCP-Cy5-5-A) versus Annexin V (APC-A) and histogram of the Annexin V distribution of the PI negative cell population of non-treated human glioblastoma cells U87.MG (panel A), cells treated with 50 microM KPLVM- MCL1_AB1 in absence of TRAIL (panel B) and cells treated with 20 microM KLPVM- MCL1_AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) in presence of 400 ng/ml TRAIL (panel C).
  • Figure 13 Sequence of Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5. Arginine decoration is shown in bold and C-terminal V5 tag is shown underlined. The sequence is shown as fragments, labeled 'Helix A, 'Loop 1 ', 'Helix B', 'Loop 2', 'Helix C, 'His-tag' and 'V5-tag', respectively, to distinguish between different structural elements.
  • the full MB23_hiR-V5 sequence is a single polypeptide sequence consisting of these fragments in the order as shown.
  • Figure 24 Sequence of cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 with C-terminal His-tag and V5 tag (SEQ ID NO: 10). Arginine/lysine decoration is shown in bold and N-terminal V5 tag is shown underlined. The sequence is shown as fragments, labeled 'Helix A, 'Loop 1 ', 'Helix B', 'Loop 2', 'Helix C, 'His-tag' and V5-tag', respectively, to distinguish between different structural elements.
  • the full AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 sequence is a single polypeptide sequence consisting of these fragments in the order as shown.
  • Figure 25 Binding of recombinant BCL-2 family proteins to Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3- V5.
  • Alphabody 500 nM was captured by immobilized anti-V5 antibody (5 microg/ml) to a microtiterplate.
  • Binding of five-fold dilutions of Glutathione S transferase (GST)- tagged recombinant BCL-2 family proteins MCL-1 , BCL-XL and BCL-2a was detected using a anti-GST antibody conjugated to Horse Radish Peroxidase. Plates were read at 492 nm and 630 nm.
  • GST Glutathione S transferase
  • Figure 26 Binding of recombinant BCL-2 family proteins to Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3- V5, AB 1 _A2a F_h i K R3-V5 and MB23_hiR-V5.
  • Alphabody 500 nM was captured by immobilized anti-V5 antibody (5 microg/ml) to a microtiterplate.
  • GST Glutathione S transferase
  • FIG. 27 Cell viability of human T cell leukemia cells (MT4) in presence of serial dilutions of Alphabodies AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 and MB23_hiR-V5. Cell viability was measured after 48 h treatment with Alphabodies. Data correspond to mean values ⁇ SD of triplicates. Cell viability was expressed as percentage relative to non-treated control cells.
  • apoptosis is a key process for maintenance of cellular homeostasis in an organism. Apoptosis can occur by two interrelated pathways: the extrinsic and intrinsic pathways of apoptosis.
  • the extrinsic pathway involves the activation of cell surface death receptors (Fas, TNFR) by extracellular ligands such as FasL or TNF.
  • the intrinsic pathway which can be initiated by a variety of stress signals, involves permeabilization of the outer membrane of mitochondria, which leads to cytochrome c release leading to additional steps in the apoptosis process, involving the cleavage and activation of caspase-9 and, finally cell death.
  • BCL-2 family of proteins also noted as Bcl-2 family of proteins
  • Bcl-2 family of proteins are the main proteins involved in the regulation and control of apoptotic processes.
  • the BCL-2 family of proteins includes both pro-apoptotic members as well as anti-apoptotic members. This family of proteins is named after BCL-2, the founding member of this family of proteins which was discovered in studies on B-cell lymphoma. Based on structural and functional properties, the BCL-2 family of proteins are typically divided into three subgroups: two subgroups of pro-apoptotic BCL-2 members and one subgroup of anti-apoptotic BCL-2 members.
  • the anti-apoptotic subgroup includes the members BCL-2, BCL-2a, MCL-1 , BCL- w, BCL-XL and BFL-1/A1 (these proteins are also sometimes noted in lower-case notation, Bcl-2, Mcl-1 , Bcl-w, Bcl-x L , Bfl-1/A1 ). These proteins act as survival factors by binding or capturing a critical apoptosis inducing domain of pro-apoptotic BCL-2 family members (Stewart et al., Nature Chemical Biology, 2010, 6, 595-601 ). This domain is known as the BCL-2 homology domain 3 (BH3).
  • BCL-2 homology domain 3 BH3
  • Anti-apoptotic proteins have along their surface a hydrophobic binding region that engages BH3 alpha-helices (Sattler et al., Science, 1997, 275: 983-986).
  • BCL-2, BCL-XL and BCL-W contain four BH (BCL-2 homology) domains (noted as BH1 , BH2, BH3 and BH4)
  • MCL-1 and BFL-1/A1 lack a well-defined BH4 domain.
  • One of the two pro-apoptotic subgroups contains Bax and Bak (also noted in upper case as BAX and BAK) which have multiple BH (BCL-2 homology) domains (BH1 , BH2 and BH3).
  • BAD, BID, BIM, NOXA, PUMA contain only BH3 domains and are hence called BH3-only proteins.
  • the anti-apoptotic members of the BCL-2 family play an important role in tumor cell survival and can be considered as valuable targets for the treatment of cancer. Indeed, these survival proteins are expressed in a broad range of human cancers.
  • MCL-1 has been reported to be overexpressed in many cancer types (breast, ovarian, renal, prostate, melanoma, pancreatic, hepatocellular carcinoma, head and neck, multiple myeloma, colon, lung, leukemia and lymphoma) (Quinn et al., Expert Opinion, 201 1 , 20: 1397-141 ).
  • ABT-737 is a BH3-mimic that binds to BCL-2, BCL-XL and BCL-w but not to MCL-1 or BFL-1/A1 (Lee et al, Cell Death and Differentiation (2007), 14, 171 1 - 1719). This difference in recognition can be explained by differences in the binding groove, where it is known that the MCL-1 binding groove is more electropositive than the other anti-apoptotic proteins.
  • Alphabodies were designed that mimic the BH3 domain of MCL-1 and bind to MCL-1 aiming at blocking the MCL-1 interactions with pro-apoptotic proteins to drive cancer/tumor cells to a programmed cell death.
  • the design work used the crystal structure of the complex of MCL-1 (residues 172- 327) with a stapled peptide, representing BH3 alpha-helix. Based on this crystal structure (PDB code 3MK8), an Alphabody was designed to bind to MCL-1 , much in the same way as MCL-1 SAHB does.
  • A3eE and B1 eT were introduced to favor the interaction with Lys234 on MCL-1.
  • A3eE should be read as Glutamic acid (in one letter notation, E) at the e- heptad position in the third heptad of the first helix of the Alphabody.
  • B1 eT denotes Threonine (T in one letter notation) at the e-heptad position of the first heptad in the second helix.
  • the N-terminal methionine to glycine mutation and the C1gS mutation were chosen to prevent a steric clash with MCL-1.
  • C2gE was chosen to accommodate the grafted B2gR mutation.
  • C1gA was chosen as a safety mutation because even though the serine at this position in MCL1-AB1 could take part in a local H-bond network, steric hindrance by the OH-group could be a potential problem.
  • the GS sequence at positions 14 and 15 in L2 was reversed to SG.
  • the B3dT mutation is chosen as a safety back up for MCL1-AB1.
  • tat peptide (YGRKKRRQRRR) (SEQ ID NO: 23) derived from the tat protein of HIV-1
  • CPP5 cell penetrating pentapeptide
  • VPTLK VPTLK
  • Alphabodies were cloned into the bacterial expression vector pET16b and used to transform chemically competent BL21 (DE3)pLysS bacteria.
  • Alphabodies were produced from a 1 I culture inoculated with 6.7 ml of an overnight preculture.
  • Alphabody production was induced with 1 mM IPTG at OD600nm 0.5 and grown for 4 hrs at 30°C.
  • the CPP5-MCL1-AB1 were purified from inclusion bodies using the following protocol: After centrifugation (40 minutes at 4000 rpm) of the bacterial culture, the cell pellet was resuspended in 10 ml of 50 mM Tris, 500 mM NaCI pH7.8 containing 20 mM AEBSF and stored at -20°C until purification. Cell pellets were then sonicated (10 x 10 seconds at 40% amplitude) and centrifuged at 17000xg for 20 minutes. The pellet was resuspended in Tris 50 mM, NaCI 100 mM, EDTA 20 mM, Triton X-100 2 %, pH 7.8 and incubated for 10 minutes at 4°C while shaking.
  • the solubilized inclusion bodies were filtered through 0.45 ⁇ filters, added to 500 microliter Ni-NTA resin (GE Healthcare) and incubated for 1 h at room temperature.
  • the resin was washed with 10 ml of 50 mM Tris, 500 mM NaCI and 20 mM imidazole followed by 5 washes of 10 ml 50 mM Tris, 500 mM NaCI and 50 mM imidazole.
  • Alphabodies were eluted 10 times with 1 ml of 50 mM Tris, 500 mM NaCI and 1 M imidazole and 6 M GuHCI.
  • the eluted Alphabodies (10 ml) were concentrated and buffer replaced on 3K Amicon filters using PBS to a volume of 500 ⁇ .
  • the concentrated Alphabodies displayed some precipitation and were centrifuged to pellet the aggregates.
  • the pellet was solved in 400 microliter of 150 mM acetic acid. Again, precipitation was observed and after centrifugation the pellet was solved in 20 mM sodium acetate, 150 mM NaCI, pH6.
  • the 3 different Alphabody preparations were analyzed on SDS-PAGE (10% Bis/Tris) and their concentration was determined.
  • the intracellular uptake of the different CPP5-labelled MCL1-AB1 Alphabodies was studied by confocal microscopy using 2 different cancer cell lines: MT4 cells (human T cell leukemia) and U87.MG cells (human glioblastoma cells).
  • the U87.MG cells have a high expression of Mcl-1 and are sensitive to Sorafenib, a multi-kinase inhibitor and TRAIL, a death receptor ligand (Yang et al., Mol. Cancer Ther., 2010, 9(4): 953-962).
  • Annexin V is a small molecule binding phosphatidyl serines located at the inner leaflet of the cell membrane in a healthy non-apoptotic cell. Upon apoptosis, a flip-flop of the phosphatidyl serines to the outer leaflet takes place allowing binding of Annexin V.
  • Annexin V positive cells are considered as cells in early apoptosis. Upon further disintegration of the cell, the cell membrane becomes completely leaky and PI can enter the cell to intercalate with the DNA. Annexin V and PI positive cells are considered as cells being in late apoptosis. Cells that are only PI positive are necrotic cells.
  • Apoptosis induced by different concentrations of MCL1 -AB1 Alphabodies was studied in MT4 cells (200.000 cells/300 microliter in 48 well plates) and U87.MG cells (50.000 cells/400 microliter in 24 well plates). Apoptosis was studied in absence of TRAIL (R&D Systems), ligand of a death receptor or in presence of 400 ng/ml TRAIL added to the cell/Alphabody mixture after 1 h. Cells were stained with Annexin V (BD Biosciences) and PI (Invitrogen) after 14 h incubation with the Alphabodies.
  • HRP Horse Radish Peroxidase
  • Alphabodies is potent enough to induce on its own apoptosis.
  • Example 8 Apoptotic activity of the CPP5 Alphabodies
  • flow cytometry was performed using Annexin V and PI as apoptotic markers. In contrast to the qualitative analysis of apoptosis by confocal microscopy, flow cytometry allows to analyze larger numbers of cells. Experiments were performed in absence and presence of the death receptor ligand TRAIL. Many papers report apoptosis of anti-cancer drugs when cancer cells were already sensitized with TRAIL. A concentration of TRAIL resulting in 20 % of apoptosis was chosen. Upon addition of apoptosis inducing drugs, the percentage of apoptosis is increasing above 20%.
  • VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 SEQ ID NO: 7
  • Alphabody Figure 9
  • This Alphabody induced 20% apoptosis.
  • VPTLK is a Bax inhibiting peptide and protects the cells from apoptosis.
  • the CPP5 labeled Alphabodies KLPVM-MCL1 -AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK- MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) were the most soluble and highly concentrated Alphabodies soluble in PBS were obtained and remained soluble at concentrations above 1 mM. Both Alphabodies interacted with MCL-1 cell lysates whereas the control Alphabody tat-013 (SEQ ID NO: 25) displayed no interaction with Mcl-1 cell lysates.
  • VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 induced apoptosis to a lower extent when compared to KLPVM- MCL1-AB1. This can be explained by the less efficient intracellular uptake of the Alphabody and by the inherent anti-apoptotic properties of the peptide.
  • the above data show that Alphabodies are stable in the intracellular environment, which had not been previously demonstrated.
  • the data demonstrate that the approach to design inhibitory Alphabodies specifically directed against MCL-1 (mimicking a BH3 alpha-helix) is successful. Indeed, both specific binding to MCL-1 as well as functional activity, i.e. sensitization and induction of apoptosis, are clearly observed.
  • This Example describes the intracellular uptake of a cationized Alphabody in function of time and in function of Alphabody concentration in different cell types including cancer and non-cancer cells.
  • a cationized Alphabody directed against IL-23, named MB23.
  • 8 Arg were added in the B helix, resulting in a positively charged Alphabody referred to as MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) (charge of +9) ( Figure 13).
  • Alphabody cellular uptake mechanisms were explored by studying the temperature dependency of uptake, dependency on presence of glycosaminoglycans and influence of presence of serum in cell culture medium on cell penetration.
  • the uptake was studied by confocal microscopy and intracellular Alphabody was visualized using an anti-V5 antibody recognizing the V5 tag fused, together with a His-tag, to the C-terminus of the Alphabody. All experiments were performed on fixed and permeabilized cells. Control experiments with non-permeabilized experiments were included (data not shown).
  • Cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) was expressed in the soluble fraction of E. coli bacteria. The protein was purified by Ni-NTA chromatography followed by desalting and buffer exchange procedures. The protein was stored in 20 mM citric acid pH 3.0 (5.3 mg/ml). 9.1.2 Intracellular uptake of cationized Alphabody MB23 hiR-V5
  • Adherent cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, HEK, CHO-K1 and CHO.pgSA) were cultured in DMEM + 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) and seeded in LabTek chambers at 10.000 cells/chamber and incubated overnight at 37°C and 5% C0 2 . The next day cationized Alphabody (dilution series or single concentration) was incubated with the seeded cells for 2 h or different time periods ranging from 3.5 min to 48 h at 37°C and 5% C0 2 . After incubation with the Alphabodies, cells were washed 4 times (5 min/wash) with PBS (containing Mg and Ca (DPBS)).
  • PBS containing Mg and Ca
  • Intracellular uptake of two-fold dilutions of cationized MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) starting at 312 nM was studied in the human glioblastoma cell line U87.MG. After 2 h incubation of Alphabody with cells, intracellular Alphabody was detected with an anti-V5 antibody and a secondary Alexa488 labeled antibody.
  • Figure 14 shows the dose- dependent uptake of MB23_hiR-V5 (312 nM to 1.2 nM) in U87.MG cells. The diffuse fluorescent pattern indicates cytosolic localization of the Alphabody.
  • the lower concentration limits for intracellular uptake were qualitatively determined on the confocal microscopy images and are summarized in Table 2. For all cell lines, except the human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG), the lowest concentration tested was 9.8 nM. At the lowest concentration tested, intracellular Alphabody was detected in BxPC-3, H1437 and CHO-K1 cells. Higher concentrations of cationized Alphabody were required to obtain a fluorescent signal above background for SW872 and HEK cells. The highest concentrations of Alphabody for intracellular uptake were required in the human T cell leukemia cell lines MT4 and Jurkat.
  • CHO.pgsA-745 cells deficient in heparan sulfate synthesis were used to study the potential influence of heparan sulfate and chondroitinsulfate.
  • These cells (CHO.pgsA-745) are defective in xylosyltransferase and do no express heparan sulfates and chondroitin sulfates at their cell surface.
  • Intracellular uptake of a dilution series of cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 in CHO-K1 and CHO.pgsA-745 cells was studied. Alphabody was incubated 2 h with cells in presence of 10% serum at 37°C.
  • cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (with charges in the B helix) penetrates in a dose dependent manner in different cell types including cancer and non-cancer cell lines.
  • the uptake efficacy and the uptake pattern is cell type dependent.
  • Alphabody concentrations as low as 5 to 10 nM resulted after 2 h cell incubation in intracellular uptake of Alphabodies.
  • Intracellular uptake of cationized Alphabodies is not abrogated at 4°C, indicating that Alphabody uptake is driven primarily by an energy independent mechanism probably relying on direct penetration of the cell membrane.
  • the uptake process of cationized Alphabodies is a fast process. After 3.5 min, Alphabody was present inside the cell.
  • Heparin removes a large fraction of extracellular bound Alphabody.
  • Kinetic uptake experiments using heparin washes were performed to discard the staining of extracellularly bound Alphabody.
  • the results were essentially similar to the results obtained with PBS washes, but the increase in intracellular Alphabody concentration over time was more pronounced.
  • Analysis of single cells demonstrated an evolution in the fluorescence pattern, indicating the movement (i.e. diffusion) of the Alphabody from the inner cell membrane into the intracellular space.
  • This example describes the intracellular uptake of Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16), two Alphabodies directed against the intracellular target MCL-1. These Alphabodies were designed for intracellular uptake by cationization (i.e., by decoration with Arg/Lys amino acid residues). It was shown, as described below, that these Alphabodies were capable of inducing cell death after 48 h in viability assays, in particular of T cell leukemia cells (MT4). 10.1 Methods used
  • Intracellular uptake of the Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) was studied in a panel of cancer and non-cancer cell lines in function of Alphabody concentration. The uptake was studied by confocal microscopy and intracellular Alphabody was visualized using an anti-V5 antibody recognizing the C-terminal V5 tag of the Alphabody. All experiments were performed on fixed and permeabilized cells. Control experiments with non-permeabilized experiments were included.
  • Alphabodies contained the MCL-1 binding site in the B helix and displayed different cationization patterns as shown in Figure 18. Lys and Arg residues were used to decorate the Alphabodies, resulting in net charges of +1 1 and +19 for AB1_hiKR1 -V5 and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5, respectively.
  • the Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was designed to present a better core packing. Additional differences between AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and AB1_hiKR3-V5 were a shorter loop 1 sequence and a longer His-tag for the A2aF variant ( Figure 18).
  • Cationized Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB 1 _A2a F_h i K R3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) were expressed in the soluble fraction of E. coli bacteria.
  • the proteins were purified by Ni-NTA chromatography followed by desalting and buffer exchange procedures.
  • the proteins were stored in 20 mM citric acid pH 3.0 (2.8 mg/ml for AB1_hiKR1-V5 and 3.9 mg/ml for AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5).
  • Intracellular uptake was studied in 6 different cancer cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, MT-4 and Jurkat) and 2 non-cancer cell lines (HEK, CHO-K1 ) (Table 3).
  • Adherent cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, HEK, CHO-K1 and CHO.pgSA) were cultured in DMEM + 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) and seeded in LabTek chambers at 10.000 cells/chamber and incubated overnight at 37°C and 5% C0 2 . The next day, cationized Alphabody (dilution series or single concentration) was incubated with the seeded cells for 2 h or different time periods ranging from 3.5 min to 48 h at 37°C and 5% C0 2 . After incubation with the Alphabodies, cells were washed 4 times (5 min/wash) with PBS (containing Mg and Ca (DPBS)). Table 3: Cell lines used for intracellular uptake studies
  • AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and MB23_hiR-V5 varied between certain tested cell types.
  • the lower concentration limit for intracellular uptake of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was determined qualitatively by analysis of single cell images. The results are summarized in Table 4. It became clear that only low concentrations of Alphabody (9.8 nM) were needed to already observe intracellular protein for SW872 and HEK cells. Higher concentrations of Alphabody were required to obtain a fluorescent signal above background for U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, MT4, CHO-K1 cells, and Jurkat T cell leukemia cells(Table 4).
  • Table 4 Lower concentration limit for intracellular uptake of cationized Alphabodies MB23 hiR-V5 and AB1 A2aF hiKR3-V5 in 8 different cell lines
  • Cationized MCL-1 Alphabodies penetrate in a dose dependent manner in different cell types including cancer and non-cancer cell lines.
  • Intracellular uptake of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 appeared to be cell type dependent. Indeed, although the Alphabody was internalized by almost all tested cell types, the efficiency varied. As observed for MB23_hiR-V5, intracellular uptake was lower in human T cell leukemia cells. On the other hand, uptake in the cancer cell lines SW872 and U87.MG was highly efficient.
  • uptake efficacy of MB23_hiR-V5 appeared to be cell type dependent. Differences were observed for some of the tested cell lines, in particular for BxPC-3 and CHO-K1 cells. These data confirm that uptake efficiency is not only related to net positive charges but also to the distribution of charges on the Alphabody.
  • Example 11 Tumor cell viability studies with CPAB Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) specifically directed against MCL-1
  • This Example describes the effect of MCL-1 Alphabodies on viability of cancer and non-cancer cell lines.
  • inhibition of interactions between MCL-1 and BAK results in the liberation of BAK and the formation of Mitochondrial Outer Membrane Pores (MOMP) via BAK/BAX homo-and/or heterodimerization and finally apoptosis of the cell.
  • MOMP Mitochondrial Outer Membrane Pores
  • a panel of cancer cell lines was treated with Alphabodies directed against MCL-1 and control Alphabodies lacking a binding site to MCL-1 and cell viability was monitored using MTT (3- (4,5-Dimethylthiazol-2-YI)-2,5-Diphenyltetrazolium Bromide).
  • Alphabodies For the impact of Alphabodies on cancer cell viability, we focused on two MCL1 binding Alphabodies, i.e. AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16). These Alphabodies contained the MCL-1 binding site in the B helix and displayed different cationization patterns as shown in Figure 18. Lys and Arg residues were used to decorate the Alphabodies, resulting in net charges of +1 1 and +19 for AB1_hiKR1-V5 and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5, respectively.
  • PBMC primary cells
  • Adherent cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872) were cultured in DMEM or RPMI + 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS), seeded in 96 well plates and incubated overnight at 37°C and 5% C0 2 . The next day cationized Alphabody (dilution series) was incubated with the seeded cells for 2 h in Opti-MEM cell culture medium without Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS). Suspension cell lines (MT4 and Jurkat) were seeded in 96-well plates in Opti-MEM cell culture medium without FBS and containing serial dilutions of Alphabody and incubated for 2 h at 37°C and 5% C0 2 . PBMC were isolated from a healthy donor and cultured in RPMI containing 10% FBS and IL-2.
  • Alphabodies AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and AB1_hiKR1-V5 induced dose dependent cell death in human liposarcoma cells albeit at low percentages (data not shown). At the highest concentrations of Alphabody tested, 40% and 30% cell death was measured for AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) and AB1_hiKR1 (SEQ ID NO: 14), respectively.
  • Control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 induced 10% cell death at 10 microM. Both AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and the control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) were taken up by the SW872 cells (data not shown and Figure 16).
  • Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) induced dose dependent cell death in non-small cell lung cancer cells (H1437) (data not shown). The highest concentration of Alphabody tested (10 microM) induced 50% cell death. Control Alphabody (MB23_hiR-V5) and AB1_hiKR1 -V5 induced 15% cell death at 10 microM. AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was taken up less efficiently in H1437 cells compared to the control MB23_hiR-V5 ( Figure 16).
  • Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 induced dose dependent cell death in human pancreatic cancer cells (BxPC-3) (data not shown). The highest concentration of Alphabody tested (10 microM) induced 60% cell death. 10 microM control Alphabody (KLPVM-scABOI 3-V5) and AB1_hiKR1-V5 induced 30% and 35% cell death, respectively. Alphabody A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was taken up in BxPC-3 cells (data not shown).
  • Alphabodies AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and AB1_hiKR1-V5 induced dose dependent cell death human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG) (data not shown). The highest concentration of both Alphabodies tested (10 microM) induced 35% cell death. Control Alphabody KLPVM- scABOI 3-V5 had little effect on cell viability. Alphabody A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was taken up efficiently in U87.MG cells ( Figure 19).
  • Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) induced 35% cell death of PBMC at 10 microM ( Figure 23). Other tested Alphabodies induced no cell death in PBMC.
  • MT4 and Jurkat cells are both T cell leukemia cells, the behavior of MCL-1 Alphabodies on these cells differed: Alphabodies were more potent on MT4 cells compared to Jurkat cells. These data suggest a different survival mechanism for these cancer cell lines.
  • Example 12 CPAB Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 specifically directed against different members of the BCL-2 family of proteins
  • Recombinant human BCL-2 family proteins were produced in E. coli as Glutathione S Transferase (GST) fusion proteins with the GST tag at the N-terminus of the proteins. For all proteins the C-terminal Tm (transmembrane) region was removed. The following recombinant proteins were produced: BCL-XL with a C-terminal deletion of 24 amino acids, isoform alpha of BCL-2 (BCL-2a) with a C-terminal deletion of 32 amino acids. To produce MCL-1 the N-terminal PEST region (region containing signal for rapid degradation of proteins) and the C-terminal Tm region were deleted and recombinant MCL-1 corresponded to residues 172 to 327 of human MCL-1. All proteins were purified using the GST-tag.
  • GST GST-tag
  • AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 specifically binds in a dose-dependent way to two other intracellular proteins, namely BCL-XL and BCL-2a, with a binding affinity of approximately 4.5 and 18.7 nM, respectively ( Figures 26B and 26C).
  • both Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5, which was described in the previous examples and specifically designed against MCL-1 , as well as control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5, directed against IL-23 do not show specific binding to either one of BCL- XL or BCL-2a ( Figures 26B and 26C).
  • Cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (with positive charges in the A and C helix) binds specifically and with high affinity to three different intracellular proteins.
  • Intracellular uptake of Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 was studied in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG) in function of Alphabody concentration. The uptake was studied by confocal microscopy and intracellular Alphabody was visualized using an anti-V5 antibody recognizing the C-terminal V5 tag of the Alphabody. All experiments were performed on fixed and permeabilized cells. Control experiments with non-permeabilized cells were included.
  • AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 Intracellular uptake of AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) was studied in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG), which were cultured in DMEM + 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) and seeded in LabTek chambers at 10.000 cells/chamber and incubated overnight at 37°C and 5% C0 2 . The next day, cationized Alphabody (dilution series) was incubated with the seeded cells for 2 h at 37°C and 5% C0 2 . After incubation with the Alphabody, cells were washed 4 times (5 min/wash) with PBS (containing Mg and Ca (DPBS)).
  • PBS containing Mg and Ca
  • Cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) binds to three different intracellular proteins of the BCL-2 family through a binding site present on its B-helix, and displays different cationization patterns in its A-helix and in its C-helix as shown in Figure 24. Indeed, Lys and Arg residues were used to decorate the Alphabody and to design positively charged internalization regions. 14.1.1 Expression and purification of AB1 pan hiKR3-V5
  • the CPAB polypeptides and CPAB Alphabodies are taken up rapidly by a variety of tumor cell lines at low nM range concentrations. This uptake is dose dependent, and to a large extent energy independent (i.e. by direct transduction).
  • the polypeptides with anti-MCL1 , anti-BCL-XL and anti-BCL-2a activity as disclosed herein were shown to (i) effectively penetrate cancer cells, (ii) bind specifically to one or more intracellular target molecules from the group MCL-1 , BCL-XL and BCL-2a, and (iii) provoke a significant biological effect, namely induction of apoptosis.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)

Abstract

The application provides polypeptides comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody, wherein said Alphabody is capable of internalization into a cell and specifically binds to an intracellular target molecule. The application further provides nucleic acids encoding such polypeptides; methods for preparing such polypeptides; host cells expressing or capable of expressing such polypeptides; compositions, and in particular to pharmaceutical compositions, that comprise such polypeptides, nucleic acids and/or host cells; and uses of such polypeptides, nucleic acids, host cells and/or compositions, in particular for prophylactic, therapeutic or diagnostic purposes.

Description

BINDING AGENTS TO INTRACELLULAR TARGET MOLECULES
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The application relates to the field of binding agents to intracellular target molecules, more particularly to intracellular proteins, such as for example proteins involved in apoptosis and controlled cell death. The application further relates to uses of such binding agents for prophylactic, therapeutic or diagnostic purposes as well as in screening and detection. BACKGROUND
Interaction with intracellular components of a cell requires that the cellular membrane is crossed by an agent that is expected to interact with such intracellular components.
In the therapeutic field, macromolecules (such as polypeptides and nucleic acids) have been the main focus, because for many diseases, small molecule drugs (i.e. chemical compounds containing less than 100 atoms) are very difficult to find and/or develop. The use of macromolecules as therapeutic agents has a number of advantages over small chemicals, the most important one being the ability to adopt large, stable three- dimensional conformations suitable for strong binding to targets, thereby allowing to interfere with native protein-protein or protein-nucleic acid interfaces that are difficult to address using small molecules. Moreover, the stability, size, and complexity of macromolecules can result in specificities that are not easily achievable using small molecules.
However, a great difficulty is that macromolecules as such are not able to diffuse into cells, and thus, while the great majority of disease targets of interest are located inside cells, most macromolecule therapeutics are only capable of addressing extracellular targets.
While different strategies to facilitate or enhance cellular internalization of macromolecules have been developed, their applicability is restricted since these methods utilize cellular mechanisms of internalization, such as endocytosis. These cellular internalization mechanisms result in the accumulation of an effector in endosomes and lysosomes and ultimately lead to protease degradation and inactivation of the effector compound. A strategy that has been described to counter these problems is to make hydrocarbon stapled peptides. This concept is based on the fact that proteases can only recognize and break down peptides when they are essentially in an unfolded state. It was found that when locked into certain folded states, peptides are greatly protected from protease attack. The chemical stapling approach however requires a complex chemical synthesis.
Accordingly, although there have been past efforts to deliver (poly)peptides to cells and stabilize them into states that confer them stable and resistant to proteases in the intracellular environment, loss of biological activity, insufficient ability to penetrate cells while maintaining functionality, or complex manufacturing procedures have hampered the successful development of biological therapeutics acting on intracellular components.
Alphabodies are single-chain, triple-stranded coiled coil proteins with a molecular weight of between 10 and 14 kDa. Alphabodies have been developed which bind with high affinity to specific molecular targets (WO201 1003935, WO201 1003936). However, to date, Alphabodies have only been developed against extracellular targets.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The application provides alternative and improved binding agents, and in particular polypeptides, which
(1 ) are able to penetrate cell membranes,
(2) are highly stable in the intracellular environment, and
(3) are able to specifically bind to an intracellular target molecule in the cell. More particularly the binding agents are thereby capable of efficiently inhibiting or at least modulating the biological mechanisms and or signaling pathways in which the relevant intracellular target molecule plays a role.
In a first aspect, polypeptides are provided comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody, wherein said polypeptides are capable of being internalized into a cell and specifically bind to an intracellular target molecule in that cell. Indeed, it has been found that the Alphabody structure can be used to generate polypeptides that are efficiently taken up by cells and function as stable and specific binding agents to intracellular targets within these cells.
In certain embodiments, the polypeptides provided herein comprise a sequence which ensures that they are capable of entering the cell, where they can interact with a target protein of interest. Thus, the polypeptides envisaged herein comprise a sequence which ensures that they are able to cross the cellular membrane or which enhances their cellular entry.
Accordingly, the polypeptides provided herein have been specifically designed, i.e. their structure has been modified compared to the Alphabody sequences of the prior art, to allow internalization of the polypeptides into the cell.
In particular, the polypeptides provided herein may comprise a modification to allow cellular internalization through for example (but not limited to) (i) fusion or conjugation of an Alphabody sequence with at least one group, moiety, protein, or peptide which allows internalization into a cell, and/or (ii) through the presence of one or more internalization regions comprising an amino acid residue motif or amino acid residue pattern within the Alphabody sequence.
In certain particular embodiments, the polypeptides provided herein comprise or essentially consist of at least one Alphabody, which specifically binds to the intracellular target molecule primarily through a binding site present on the Alphabody.
Examples of intracellular target molecules to which the Alphabodies and polypeptides as envisaged in particular embodiments can specifically bind include for example, but are not limited to, proteins involved in cellular processes chosen from the group consisting of cell signaling, cell signal transduction, cellular and molecular transport (e.g. active transport or passive transport), osmosis, phagocytosis, autophagy, cell senescence, cell adhesion, cell motility, cell migration, cytoplasmic streaming, DNA replication, protein synthesis, reproduction (e.g. cell cycle, meiosis, mitosis, interphase, cytokinesis), cellular metabolism (e.g. glycolysis and respiration, energy supply), cell communication, DNA repair, apoptosis and programmed cell death.
In particular embodiments, the intracellular target molecules to which the
Alphabodies and polypeptides as envisaged in certain embodiments can specifically bind, include intracellular proteins that are naturally involved in processes occurring in eukaryotic cells, such as animal cells, and in particular mammalian or human cells.
Since the polypeptides as envisaged herein have the potential to affect the biological function of intracellular targets inside cells they are particularly useful for medical, i.e. diagnostic, therapeutic or prophylactic, applications in a wide variety of disease indications. The polypeptides envisaged herein have the potential to address intracellular targets, i.e. a class of proteins which is currently considered 'undruggable' by the two main categories of therapeutic drugs, i.e. small chemical drugs and therapeutic antibodies. Indeed, a large proportion of all known human protein targets cannot be addressed by either small chemical drugs or biologies. Small chemicals typically interact with hydrophobic pockets, which limits their target space to about 10% of all human proteins; similarly, biologies (i.e. protein-based therapeutics like antibodies) lack the ability to penetrate through cell membranes, and therefore can only address another 10% (those that exist as extracellular proteins). This means that the vast majority of all potential (mainly intracellular) protein targets, (estimated at >80%), across all therapeutic areas, are currently considered 'undruggable' by the two main known classes of therapeutic drugs.
Moreover, a large number of intracellular proteins belong to the most interesting class of potential drug targets, namely proteins involved in intracellular protein -protein interactions. Intracellular protein-protein interactions regulate a wide variety of essential cellular processes, many of which are known to be involved in important disease processes, such as those causing cancer, central nervous system diseases or metabolic diseases. The polypeptides disclosed herein are shown to possess the capability for intracellular penetration and to remain stable within the cell and to bind their target in the cell. Therefore, they represent a unique tool for modulating intracellular protein-protein interactions and as therapeutics that can address the vast number of currently 'undruggable' targets that are involved in a broad range of diseases.
A further aspect provides for the use of the polypeptides described herein as a medicament, and more particularly in methods for the treatment of diseases or disorders which are associated with the biological pathways or biological interactions in which an intracellular target molecule is involved.
Cancer is for example one disease area in which the need for novel treatment options is high and where the opportunity for modulation of intracellular protein -protein interactions is particularly compelling. A large number of well-defined oncogenes are intracellular proteins and often are 'undruggable' targets, i.e. proteins which cannot be efficiently targeted for therapeutic or diagnostic applications. Examples of these targets are proteins belonging to the BCL-2 family (regulators of cellular apoptosis). The polypeptides described herein represent a novel drug development platform that is unique in its ability to address such targets. Thus, in particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided comprising at least one Alphabody, which is capable of being internalized by a cell, wherein the at least one Alphabody specifically binds to an apoptotic or an anti-apoptotic intracellular protein, in particular an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins, such as for example a protein selected from the group consisting of MCL-1 , BCL-2, BCL-2a, BCL-XL, BCL-w and BFL-1/A1.
In further particular embodiments, the polypeptides are characterized in that they specifically bind to MCL-1 and comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 16, 26 and 27.
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 4 to 16, 26 and 27.
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more sequence identity with a polypeptide sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 19 (MSIEEITKQIAAIQLRIVGDQVQIYAMT).
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 20 (LRXVGDXV).
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to BCL-2a, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 26 and 27.
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to BCL-XL, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 26 and 27.
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , BCL-2a and/or BCL-XL, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more sequence identity with a polypeptide sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 29 (MSIEEIAAQIAAIQLRIIGDQFNIYYMT). In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , BCL-2a and/or BCL-XL whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 30 (LRIIGDQF).
In yet a further aspect, pharmaceutical compositions are provided comprising at least one polypeptide as described herein, and optionally one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
In a further aspect, also methods are provided for the production of one or more polypeptides as described herein, at least comprising the steps of:
a) generating one or more polypeptides comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody, which is modified to allow internalization of the polypeptide into the cell,
b) testing whether the polypeptide has detectable binding affinity for the intracellular target molecule, and optionally
c) isolating the one or more polypeptides.
As will become clear from the further detailed description and examples disclosed herein, it has been demonstrated by the present inventors that polypeptides comprising at least one Alphabody can be provided, which polypeptides can efficiently penetrate through cell membranes, are stable in the intracellular environment and can effectively and specifically bind to and affect the function of an intracellular target located inside the cell. As also shown further herein, the polypeptides described herein can be used to treat various disease indications, such as for example cancer, by specifically modulating the function of intracellular targets associated with such disease indications and/or by affecting the biological (signaling) pathways in which the intracellular targets are involved.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[DEFINITIONS]
As used herein, the singular forms 'a', 'an', and 'the' include both singular and plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
The terms 'comprising', 'comprises' and 'comprised of as used herein are synonymous with 'including', 'includes' or 'containing', 'contains', and are inclusive or open- ended and do not exclude additional, non-recited members, elements or method steps. The recitation of numerical ranges by endpoints includes all numbers and fractions subsumed within the respective ranges, as well as the recited endpoints.
The term 'about' as used herein when referring to a measurable value such as a parameter, an amount, a temporal duration, and the like, is meant to encompass variations of +/-10% or less, preferably +1-5% or less, more preferably +/-1 % or less, and still more preferably +/-0.1 % or less of and from the specified value, insofar such variations are appropriate to perform in the disclosed invention. It is to be understood that the value to which the modifier 'about' refers is itself also specifically, and preferably, disclosed.
As used herein, an 'Alphabody ' or an 'Alphabody structure' can generally be defined as a self-folded, single-chain, triple-stranded, predominantly alpha-helical, coiled coil amino acid sequence, polypeptide or protein. More particularly, an Alphabody or Alphabody structure as used herein can be defined as an amino acid sequence, polypeptide or protein having the general formula HRS1 -L1 -HRS2-L2-HRS3, wherein each of HRS1 , HRS2 and HRS3 is independently a heptad repeat sequence (HRS) consisting of 2 to 7 consecutive heptad repeat units, at least 50% of all heptad a- and d-positions are occupied by isoleucine residues, each HRS starts and ends with an aliphatic or aromatic amino acid residue located at either a heptad a- or d-position, and HRS1 , HRS2 and HRS3 together form a triple-stranded, alpha-helical, coiled coil structure; and each of L1 and L2 are independently a linker fragment, as further defined hereinafter, which covalently connect HRS1 to HRS2 and HRS2 to HRS3, respectively.
As used herein, a 'parallel Alphabody' shall have the meaning of an Alphabody (structure) wherein the alpha-helices of the triple-stranded, alpha-helical, coiled coil structure together form a parallel coiled coil structure, i.e., a coiled coil wherein all three alpha-helices are parallel.
As used herein, an 'antiparallel Alphabody' shall have the meaning of an
Alphabody (structure) wherein the alpha-helices of the triple-stranded, alpha-helical, coiled coil structure together form an antiparallel coiled coil structure, i.e., a coiled coil wherein two alpha-helices are parallel and the third alpha-helix is antiparallel with respect to these two helices.
As will become clear from the further description herein , the application also envisages polypeptides comprising a sequence with the general formula HRS1 -L1 -HRS2- L2-HRS3, but which in certain particular embodiments comprise further groups, moieties and/or residues, which are covalently linked, more particularly N- and/or C-terminal covalently linked, to a basic Alphabody structure having the formula HRS1 -L1-HRS2-L2- HRS3. Thus reference is made herein generally to '(Alphabody) polypeptides' which comprise an Alphabody. The binding features described for an Alphabody herein can generally also be applied to Alphabody polypeptides comprising said Alphabody. The Alphabody polypeptides as envisaged herein are characterized by the presence of at least one triple-helix structure (consisting of three helixes) which as such forms a coiled coil.
The terms 'heptad', 'heptad unit' or 'heptad repeat unit' are used interchangeably herein and shall herein have the meaning of a 7-residue (poly)peptide fragment that is repeated two or more times within each heptad repeat sequence of an Alphabody, polypeptide or composition as envisaged herein and is represented as 'abcdefg' or 'defgabc', wherein the symbols 'a' to 'g' denote conventional heptad positions. Conventional heptad positions are assigned to specific amino acid residues within a heptad, a heptad unit, or a heptad repeat unit, present in an Alphabody, polypeptide or composition envisaged herein, for example, by using specialized software such as the COILS method of Lupas et al. (Science 1991 , 252:1 162-1 164; http://www.russell.embl- heidelberg.de/cgi-bin/coils-svr.pl). However, it is noted that the heptads or heptad units as present in the Alphabodies as envisaged herein (or polypeptides and compositions envisaged herein comprising these Alphabodies) are not strictly limited to the above-cited representations (i.e. 'abcdefg' or 'defgabc') as will become clear from the further description herein and in their broadest sense constitute a 7-residue (poly)peptide fragment per se, comprising at least assignable heptad positions a and d.
The terms 'heptad a-positions', 'heptad b-positions', 'heptad c-positions', 'heptad d- positions', 'heptad e-positions', 'heptad f-positions' and 'heptad g-positions' refer respectively to the conventional 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'f and 'g' amino acid positions in a heptad, heptad repeat or heptad repeat unit of an Alphabody, polypeptide or composition envisaged herein.
A 'heptad motif as used herein shall have the meaning of a 7-residue (poly)peptide pattern. A 'heptad motif of the type 'abcdefg' can usually be represented as ΉΡΡΗΡΡΡ', whereas a 'heptad motif of the type 'defgabc' can usually represented as ΉΡΡΡΗΡΡ', wherein the symbol 'H' denotes an apolar or hydrophobic amino acid residue and the symbol 'Ρ' denotes a polar or hydrophilic amino acid residue. However, it is noted that the heptad motifs as present in the Alphabodies envisaged herein (or polypeptides and compositions comprising these Alphabodies) are not strictly limited to the above-cited representations (i.e. 'abcdefg', ΉΡΡΗΡΡΡ', 'defgabc' and ΉΡΡΡΗΡΡ') as will become clear from the further description herein.
A 'heptad repeat sequence' ('HRS') as used herein shall have the meaning of an amino acid sequence or sequence fragment consisting of n consecutive heptads, where n is a number equal to or greater than 2.
In the context of the single-chain structure of the Alphabodies (as defined herein) the terms 'linker', 'linker fragment' or 'linker sequence' are used interchangeably herein and refer to an amino acid sequence fragment that is part of the contiguous amino acid sequence of a single-chain Alphabody, and which covalently interconnects the HRS sequences of that Alphabody.
In the present context, a 'coiled coil' or 'coiled coil structure' shall be used interchangeably herein and will be clear to the person skilled in the art based on the common general knowledge and the description and further references cited herein. Particular reference in this regard is made to review papers concerning coiled coil structures, such as for example, Cohen and Parry Proteins 1990, 7: 1-15; Kohn and Hodges Trends Biotechnol 1998, 16:379-389; Schneider et al Fold Des 1998, 3:R29-R40; Harbury et al. Science 1998, 282:1462-1467; Mason and Arndt ChemBioChem 2004, 5:170-176; Lupas and Gruber Adv Protein Chem 2005, 70:37-78; Woolfson Adv Protein Chem 2005, 70:79-1 12; Parry et al. J Struct Biol 2008, 163:258-269; McFarlane et al. Eur J Pharmacol 2009:625: 101 -107.
An 'alpha-helical part of an Alphabody' shall herein have the meaning of that part of an Alphabody which has an alpha-helical secondary structure. Furthermore, any part of the full part of an Alphabody having an alpha-helical secondary structure is also considered an alpha-helical part of an Alphabody. More particularly, in the context of a binding site, where one or more amino acids located in an alpha-helical part of the Alphabody contribute to the binding site, the binding site is considered to be formed by an alpha-helical part of the Alphabody.
A 'solvent-oriented' or 'solvent-exposed' region of an alpha-helix of an Alphabody shall herein have the meaning of that part on an Alphabody which is directly exposed or which comes directly into contact with the solvent, environment, surroundings or milieu in which it is present. Furthermore, any part of the full part of an Alphabody which is directly exposed or which comes directly into contact with the solvent is also considered a solvent- oriented or solvent-exposed region of an Alphabody. More particularly, in the context of a binding site, where one or more amino acids located in a solvent-oriented part of the Alphabody contribute to the binding site, the binding site is considered to be formed by a solvent-oriented part of the Alphabody.
The term 'groove of an Alphabody' shall herein have the meaning of that part on an Alphabody which corresponds to the concave, groove-like local shape, which is formed by any pair of spatially adjacent alpha-helices within an Alphabody.
As used herein, amino acid residues will be indicated either by their full name or according to the standard three-letter or one-letter amino acid code.
As used herein, the term 'homology' denotes at least secondary structural similarity between two macromolecules, particularly between two polypeptides or polynucleotides, from same or different taxons, wherein said similarity is due to shared ancestry. Hence, the term 'homologues' denotes so-related macromolecules having said secondary and optionally tertiary structural similarity. For comparing two or more nucleotide sequences, the '(percentage of) sequence identity' between a first nucleotide sequence and a second nucleotide sequence may be calculated using methods known by the person skilled in the art, e.g. by dividing the number of nucleotides in the first nucleotide sequence that are identical to the nucleotides at the corresponding positions in the second nucleotide sequence by the total number of nucleotides in the first nucleotide sequence and multiplying by 100% or by using a known computer algorithm for sequence alignment such as NCBI Blast. In determining the degree of sequence identity between two Alphabodies, the skilled person may take into account so-called 'conservative' amino acid substitutions, which can generally be described as amino acid substitutions in which an amino acid residue is replaced with another amino acid residue of similar chemical structure and which has little or essentially no influence on the function, activity or other biological properties of the polypeptide. Possible conservative amino acid substitutions will be clear to the person skilled in the art. Alphabodies and nucleic acid sequences are said to be 'exactly the same' if they have 100% sequence identity over their entire length.
An (Alphabody) polypeptide or Alphabody is said to 'specifically bind to' a particular target when that Alphabody or polypeptide has affinity for, specificity for and/or is specifically directed against that target (or for at least one part or fragment thereof).
The 'specificity' of the binding of an Alphabody or polypeptide as used herein can be determined based on affinity and/or avidity. The 'affinity' of an Alphabody or polypeptide is represented by the equilibrium constant for the dissociation of the Alphabody or polypeptide and the target protein of interest to which it binds. The lower the KD value, the stronger the binding strength between the Alphabody or polypeptide and the target protein of interest to which it binds. Alternatively, the affinity can also be expressed in terms of the affinity constant (KA), which corresponds to 1/KD. The binding affinity of an Alphabody or polypeptide can be determined in a manner known to the skilled person, depending on the specific target protein of interest. It is generally known in the art that the KD can be expressed as the ratio of the dissociation rate constant of a complex, denoted as kOff (expressed in seconds"1 or s" ), to the rate constant of its association, denoted kOn (expressed in molar"1 seconds"1 or M" s" ). A KD value greater than about 1 millimolar is generally considered to indicate non-binding or non-specific binding.
The 'avidity' of an Alphabody or polypeptide against a given target is the measure of the strength of binding between an Alphabody or polypeptide and the given target protein of interest. Avidity is related to both the affinity between a binding site on the target protein of interest and a binding site on the Alphabody or polypeptide and the number of pertinent binding sites present on the Alphabody or polypeptide.
An Alphabody or polypeptide is said to be 'specific for a first target protein of interest as opposed to a second target protein of interest' when it binds to the first target protein of interest with an affinity that is at least 5 times, such as at least 10 times, such as at least 100 times, and preferably at least 1000 times higher than the affinity with which that Alphabody or polypeptide binds to the second target protein of interest. Accordingly, in certain embodiments, when an Alphabody or polypeptide is said to be 'specific for' a first target protein of interest as opposed to a second target protein of interest, it may specifically bind to (as defined herein) the first target protein of interest, but not to the second target protein of interest.
The 'half-life' of an Alphabody or polypeptide can generally be defined as the time that is needed for the in vivo serum or plasma concentration of the Alphabody or polypeptide to be reduced by 50%. The in vivo half-life of an Alphabody or polypeptide can be determined in any manner known to the person skilled in the art, such as by pharmacokinetic analysis. As will be clear to the skilled person, the half-life can be expressed using parameters such as the t1/2 -alpha, t1/2-beta and the area under the curve (AUC). An increased half-life in vivo is generally characterized by an increase in one or more and preferably in all three of the parameters t1/2-alpha, t1/2-beta and the area under the curve (AUC). As used herein, the terms 'inhibiting', 'reducing' and/or 'preventing' may refer to (the use of) a polypeptide as envisaged herein that specifically binds to a target protein of interest and inhibits, reduces and/or prevents the interaction between that target protein of interest, and its natural binding partner. The terms 'inhibiting', 'reducing' and/or 'preventing' may also refer to (the use of) a polypeptide as envisaged herein that specifically binds to a target protein of interest and inhibits, reduces and/or prevents a biological activity of that target protein of interest, as measured using a suitable in vitro, cellular or in vivo assay. Accordingly, 'inhibiting', 'reducing' and/or 'preventing' may also refer to (the use of) a polypeptide that specifically binds to a target protein of interest and inhibits, reduces and/or prevents one or more biological or physiological mechanisms, effects, responses, functions pathways or activities in which the target protein of interest is involved. Such an action of the polypeptide as an antagonist may be determined in any suitable manner and/or using any suitable (in vitro and usually cellular or in vivo) assay known in the art, depending on the target protein of interest.
As used herein, the terms 'enhancing', 'increasing' and/or 'activating' may refer to
(the use of) a polypeptide that specifically binds to a target protein of interest and enhances, increases and/or activates the interaction between that target protein of interest, and its natural binding partner. The terms 'enhancing', 'increasing' and/or 'activating' may also refer to (the use of) a polypeptide that specifically binds to a target protein of interest and enhances, increases and/or activates a biological activity of that target protein of interest, as measured using a suitable in vitro, cellular or in vivo assay. Accordingly, 'enhancing', 'increasing' and/or 'activating' may also refer to (the use of) a polypeptide that specifically binds to a target protein of interest and enhances, increases and/or activates one or more biological or physiological mechanisms, effects, responses, functions pathways or activities in which the target protein of interest is involved. Such an action of a polypeptide as envisaged herein as an agonist may be determined in any suitable manner and/or using any suitable (in vitro and usually cellular or in vivo) assay known in the art, depending on the target protein of interest.
The inhibiting or antagonizing activity or the enhancing or agonizing activity of a polypeptide as envisaged herein may be reversible or irreversible, but for pharmaceutical and pharmacological applications will typically occur reversibly. An Alphabody or polypeptide or a nucleic acid sequence is considered to be '(in) essentially isolated (form)' as used herein, when it has been extracted or purified from the host cell and/or medium in which it is produced.
In respect of the Alphabodies or Alphabody structures comprised within the polypeptides envisaged herein the terms 'binding region', 'binding site' or 'interaction site' present on the Alphabodies shall herein have the meaning of a particular site, part, domain or stretch of amino acid residues present on the Alphabodies that is responsible for binding to a target molecule. Such binding region essentially consists of specific amino acid residues from the Alphabody which are in contact with the target molecule.
An Alphabody or polypeptide is said to show 'cross-reactivity' for two different target proteins of interest if it is specific for (as defined herein) both of these different target proteins of interest.
An Alphabody or polypeptide is said to be 'monovalent' if the Alphabody contains one binding site directed against or specifically binding to a site, determinant, part, domain or stretch of amino acid residues of the target of interest. In cases wherein two or more binding sites of an Alphabody or polypeptide are directed against or specifically bind to the same site, determinant, part, domain or stretch of amino acid residues of the target of interest, the Alphabody or polypeptide is said to be 'bivalent' (in the case of two binding sites on the Alphabody or polypeptide) or multivalent (in the case of more than two binding sites on the Alphabody or polypeptide), such as for example trivalent.
The term 'bi-specific' when referring to an Alphabody or polypeptide implies that either a) two or more of the binding sites of an Alphabody or polypeptide are directed against or specifically bind to the same target of interest but not to the same (i.e. to a different) site, determinant, part, domain or stretch of amino acid residues of that target, the Alphabody is said to be 'bi-specific' (in the case of two binding sites on the Alphabody) or multispecific (in the case of more than two binding sites on the Alphabody) or b) two or more binding sites of an Alphabody are directed against or specifically bind to different target molecules of interest. The term 'multispecific' is used in the case that more than two binding sites are present on the Alphabody.
Accordingly, a 'bispecific Alphabody (or polypeptide)' or a 'multi-specific Alphabody
(or polypeptide)' as used herein, shall have the meaning of (a polypeptide comprising) a single-chain Alphabody structure of the formula (N-)HRS1-L1 -HRS2-L2-HRS3(-C) comprising respectively two or at least two binding sites, wherein these two or more binding sites have a different binding specificity. Thus, an Alphabody (or polypeptide) is herein considered 'bispecific' or 'multispecific' if respectively two or more than two different binding regions exist in the same, monomeric, single-domain Alphabody.
As used herein, the term 'prevention and/or treatment' comprises preventing and/or treating a certain disease and/or disorder, preventing the onset of a certain disease and/or disorder, slowing down or reversing the progress of a certain disease and/or disorder, preventing or slowing down the onset of one or more symptoms associated with a certain disease and/or disorder, reducing and/or alleviating one or more symptoms associated with a certain disease and/or disorder, reducing the severity and/or the duration of a certain disease and/or disorder, and generally any prophylactic or therapeutic effect of the polypeptides envisaged herein that is beneficial to the subject or patient being treated.
As used herein, the term 'biological membrane' or 'membrane' refers to a lipid- containing barrier which separates cells or groups of cells from extracellular space. Biological membranes include, but are not limited to, plasma membranes, cell walls, intracellular organelle membranes, such as the mitochondrial membrane, nuclear membranes, and the like.
All documents cited in the present specification are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. Unless otherwise defined, all terms used in the present disclosure, including technical and scientific terms, have the meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the present teaching belongs. By means of further guidance, term definitions are included to better appreciate the teaching provided herein.
[INVENTION-RELATED DESCRIPTION]
It has been found that Alphabody polypeptides can be generated which are capable of entering into the cell, remain stable within the cell and can specifically bind to and modulate the function of an intracellular target in that cell. More particularly, Alphabody polypeptides have been obtained which - compared to prior art polypeptides comprising or consisting of Alphabody - are modified so as to allow their internalization into cells (i.e. intracellular uptake) and specifically bind to or interact with an intracellular target molecule inside the cell (as opposed to the Alphabody sequences known in the art). In addition, it has been found that the Alphabody polypeptides envisaged herein can bind to intracellular targets with affinities that are higher or at least comparable to those of traditional binding agents.
The ability of a polypeptide to enter into a cell can be tested by routine methods by the skilled person, such as by methods described in the examples herein (more particularly examples 3 and 9.1.2 herein). For instance, after providing the polypeptide with a suitable tag, entrance into the cell can be followed microscopically. Typically, in order to objectively asses the increased ability of the polypeptides to be taken up intracellularly the polypeptides as envisaged herein can be compared in these assays to prior art polypeptides, which are polypeptides comprising or consisting of unmodified Alphabody sequences.
It will thus be clear to the skilled person that the Alphabody sequences of the prior art do not contain the particular combination of structural features of the polypeptides provided herein. Indeed, up to date, it has not been envisaged that Alphabodies were only envisaged for extracellular targets and thus no particular modifications for intracellular targeting have been envisaged. Accordingly, it will be clear to the skilled person that the Alphabody sequences disclosed in the prior art, which include:
- SEQ ID NO: 4 to 10 in published application WO 2010/066740 in the name of Complix NV,
- SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 5, 10, 17, 22, 24, 27, 32, and 36 in published application WO201 1/003935 in the name of Complix NV,
- SEQ ID NO: 2 to 7 in published application WO 201 1/003936 in the name of Complix NV,
- SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 85 in published application WO 2012/092970, in the name of Complix
NV,
- SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 4 and 8 in published application WO 2012/092971 in the name of Complix NV,
- SEQ ID NO's: 64 to 69, 71 to 75, and 77 to 80 in published application WO 2012/093013 in the name of Complix NV, and
- SEQ ID NO's: 1 to 135 in published application WO 2012/093172 in the name of Complix
NV, are not encompassed by the present claims.
In a first aspect, polypeptides are provided comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody (as defined herein), which polypeptides are capable of being internalized into a cell and which specifically bind to an intracellular target molecule that is biologically active within the cell. The polypeptides described herein are capable of efficiently crossing the biological cell membrane. Intracellular transport of biologically active molecules is usually one of the key problems in drug delivery in general, since the lipophilic nature of the biological membranes restricts the direct intracellular delivery of such compounds. The cell membrane prevents big molecules such as peptides, proteins and DNA from spontaneously entering cells unless there is an active transport mechanism involved.
Unique and highly potent polypeptides are provided herein, which not only interact specifically and with high affinity with an intracellular target of interest but which are also capable of autonomously entering a cell by crossing the cell membrane, and maintaining full activity and functionality in the intracellular environment.
While a number of methods to transport compounds into the cell are known, most of these methods do not result in efficient membrane-crossing in order to obtain a significant (therapeutic) effect (i.e. usually only a small percentage of compound molecules reaches the intracellular milieu). Moreover, the compounds that do eventually end up in the cell are often rapidly broken down by protease activity and/or denature through the harsh (acidic) endosomal pH conditions when taken up via an endosomal uptake route.
The known approaches for intracellular delivery include invasive and non-invasive methods. Microinjection or electroporation used for the delivery of membrane-impermeable molecules in cell experiments are invasive in nature and could damage the cellular membrane (Chakrabarti, R. et al. (1989) Transfer of monoclonal antibodies into mammalian cells by electroporation. J. Biol. Chem. 264, 15494-15500; Arnheiter, H. and Haller, O. (1988) Antiviral state against influenza virus neutralized by microinjection of antibodies to interferon-induced Mx proteins. EMBO J. 7, 1315-1320).
The noninvasive methods include the use of pH-sensitive carriers (e.g. pH- sensitive liposomes) and the use of carriers that allow cell penetration.
[TECHNOLOGIES FOR TRANSPORTING THE POLYPEPTIDES THROUGH CELLULAR MEMBRANES]
1. Fusion with or conjugation to a group, moiety, protein, or peptide
A strategy that has been applied by others in previous years for intracellular delivery of molecules is to couple these to 'vectors' that can carry or translocate them through the cell membrane. Typically such 'vectors' consist of linear peptides (referred to as protein transduction domain (PTD), or cell penetrating peptide (CPP)) with particular sequences isolated from naturally occurring cell penetrating proteins (from viruses, bacteria or higher organisms). Such vectors are usually fused to a 'cargo' (the cargo being the functional therapeutic protein that is presumed to act on the intracellular target), to facilitate the transition of the cargo into the cells. Functional activity of such constructs on cells in vitro has been extensively documented in the literature. However, as CPPs or PTDs have so far been mainly used as research tools, demonstration of their in vivo activity in animal models is limited.
In general, besides the fact that these CPP/PTD fusion constructs have been considered as rather complex structures (comprising at least two molecular entities), they are also described in the prior art as suffering from several drawbacks, i.e. the cargo remains trapped into endosomes and is not effectively released into the cytosol, there is a strong tendency for the CPP/PTD fusion constructs to aggregate - causing problems in production and purification and, more importantly, reducing efficacy and leading to potentially harmful side effects (e.g. aggregates are well known to provoke an immune response) and little bioavailability at target sites and stability issues, as most CPP/PTD constructs have to be considered as flexible appendages which are prone to protease attack.
Surprisingly, and as detailed extensively in the Examples, the present inventors have found that by fusing at least one Alphabody polypeptide with a cell penetrating peptide, the resulting polypeptides are efficiently delivered into the cell and remain stable within the cell while allowing high-affinity binding to a target inside the cell. Indeed, the present inventors have shown that polypeptides directed against the intracellular anti- apoptotic target MCL-1 are efficiently taken up by cells in a dose-dependent manner (see e.g. Examples 1 to 8) and, more importantly, are able to induce the desired effect, i.e. induction of apoptosis in these cells by interacting with the target molecule MCL-1.
Accordingly, in particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody directed against an intracellular target molecule, fused with or conjugated to a group, moiety or peptide thereby ensuring efficient cell penetration of the polypeptide, whereby stability of the polypeptide is maintained within the cell allowing efficient binding to an intracellular target. In certain particular embodiments, the polypeptides provided herein, comprise at least one Alphabody directed against an intracellular target molecule which is linked, i.e. coupled, fused or conjugated, either directly or indirectly with a group, (protein) moiety or peptide so as to allow or ensure cell penetration of the polypeptide.
In certain specific embodiments, the polypeptides comprise an Alphabody that can bind to an intracellular target which is linked directly to a group, (protein) moiety or peptide allowing cell penetration, i.e. without any intermediate entity or sequence in between the Alphabody and the group, (protein) moiety or peptide allowing cell penetration.
In alternative particular embodiments, the group, (protein) moiety or peptide, which allows the Alphabody polypeptides to enter cells can also be linked to an entity, other than the Alphabody directed against an intracellular target molecule, as long as this entity forms part of the polypeptide. Such other entity (to which the group, moiety or peptide that allows cell penetration can be linked) can for example be a second Alphabody (e.g. in the case of bivalent or multivalent polypeptides comprising concatenated Alphabodies) or can for example be a group or protein, which has a specific function, such as for example a protein extending the in vivo half-life of the polypeptide, or a targeting peptide, which targets or directs the polypeptide to certain specific cell types. Also, the other entity can be a linker, such as a suitable peptidic linker to couple proteins, as known by the person skilled in the art.
In further particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody directed against an intracellular target molecule, which Alphabody is conjugated to a cell penetrating peptide (CPP), such as but not limited to TAT, CPP5, Penetratin, Pen-Arg, pVEC, M918, TP10, (Madani et al, Journal of Biophysics, Volume 201 1 , Article ID 414729) or TAT-HA fusogenic peptides (Wadia et al., 2004, 10, 310-315). In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided comprising at least one Alphabody specifically binding to an intracellular target molecule, which polypeptides are characterized by the presence of a sequence conjugated to the Alphabody structure sequence ensuring internalization of the polypeptide into the cell. In particular embodiments, the polypeptides envisaged herein are characterized by the presence of a sequence such as but not limited to KLPVM (SEQ ID NO: 21 ), VPTLK (SEQ ID NO: 22) or YGRKKRRQRRR (SEQ ID NO: 23). In particular embodiments, the sequence is a CPP5 peptide. Thus, as demonstrated herein, polypeptides capable of binding to an intracellular target are provided which comprise the sequence KLPVM (SEQ ID NO: 21 ), VPTLK (SEQ ID NO: 22) or YGRKKRRQRRR (SEQ ID NO: 23). 2) Cell penetration by design: the CPAB technology
While the alpha-helical coiled coil structure of Alphabodies in itself does not confer membrane penetrating capacity, a new and improved technology is described herein to bring polypeptides comprising one or more Alphabody structures into the cell, which involves the design of specific amino acid regions, optionally including a sequence pattern or motif, in the Alphabody scaffold. Indeed, a new and highly efficient cell penetrating technology has been developed which is referred to herein as the 'CPAB technology', which allows to transform polypeptides comprising Alphabodies into highly effective cell penetrating molecules, i.e. so-called 'Cell Penetrating Alphabodies' (CPAB) or 'Cell Penetrating Alphabody Polypeptides'.
The design of a particular CPAB Alphabody polypeptide by means of the CPAB technology involves at least the step of manufacturing or modifying a polypeptide comprising an Alphabody structure sequence so as to obtain an amino acid region comprised at least partly within the Alphabody structure sequence of the polypeptide, which amino acid region ensures internalization of the polypeptide into the cell. Thus, the design of a particular CPAB Alphabody comprises introducing (e.g. by sequence design or by mutation) one or more internalization regions into the Alphabody sequence or part thereof. In particular embodiments, this comprises introducing specific amino acid residues at specific positions in the sequence of an Alphabody scaffold.
It has been found that by introducing such an internalization region at least in part into an Alphabody sequence, a polypeptide can be created which is able to penetrate the cell autonomously, i.e. without the need for any other structure enabling penetration into the cell. Moreover, as will be detailed below, it has been found that this can optionally be combined with the provision of a binding site to an intracellular target within the Alphabody structure, such that highly efficient intracellular binding agents are obtained.
The CPAB polypeptides provided herein have been designed to contain certain types of amino acid residues within one or more limited regions in a polypeptide comprising an Alphabody structure, more particularly at least in part within the Alphabody structure. More particularly, it has been found that specific positively charged (also referred to as cationic) regions work particularly well to ensure internalization of the polypeptides. Thus, in particular embodiments, the polypeptides envisaged herein comprise at least one positively charged internalization region that is characterized by a number of positively charged amino acid residues at specific positions of the Alphabody scaffold, through which the polypeptides are provided with the capacity to enter cells. In certain embodiments, the at least one positively charged internalization region can be considered to contain a 'cell penetrating motif or a 'cell penetrating pattern' (also referred to herein as a 'CPAB motif or 'CPAB pattern'). Such a motif or pattern can be considered characteristic for providing the polypeptides envisaged herein with cell penetrating activity.
In a first aspect, polypeptides are provided herein comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody structure sequence and at least one positively charged internalization region ensuring internalization of said polypeptide into a cell, wherein said internalization region is comprised at least in part within said Alphabody structure sequence.
A positively charged internalization region as used herein is to be considered as being a sequence, which is at least part of an Alphabody structure sequence (as defined herein) and which extends between two positively charged amino acid residues of the polypeptides envisaged herein.
In the present context, the term 'positively charged amino acid(s)' refers to (an) amino acid(s) selected from the group consisting of arginine and lysine.
Thus, the polypeptides provided herein comprise a positively charged sequence that starts with a positively charged amino acid residue and ends with a positively charged amino acid residue and which ensures that the polypeptides are capable of entering the cell.
It will be clear to the skilled person that the polypeptides as envisaged herein may contain (but not necessarily contain) additional positively charged amino acid residues that are located outside an internalization region as envisaged herein. Thus, a certain number of positively charged amino acid residues may be present in the polypeptides as envisaged herein, which do not form part of an internalization region as described herein and which are thus not considered to contribute to the cell penetrating capacity of the polypeptides. Furthermore, the polypeptides as envisaged herein, may or may not contain two or more internalization regions as described herein, which are located separate from each other or which are overlapping each other. The at least one positively charged internalization region of the polypeptides envisaged herein, is further characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acid residues. The at least six amino acid residues can be chosen from the group consisting of arginine and lysine. Indeed, the present inventors have found that when six or more positively charged amino acid residues, such as arginines or lysines or a mixture of arginines and lysines, are clustered at certain locations within the polypeptides envisaged herein, highly efficient entry into cells of the polypeptides is ensured.
Furthermore, it has been observed that when at least four residues of the at least six positively charged residues in the internalization region are arginines or when at least five residues of the at least six positively charged residues in the internalization region are lysines highly efficient cell penetration is observed.
The internalization region comprised in the polypeptides as envisaged herein is a fragment of amino acids which (i) extends between two positively charged amino acid residues, (ii) is characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acid residues, and either
(iiia) consists of maximally 16 amino acids, or
(iiib) consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acids.
It will be clear to the skilled person that the Alphabody sequences of the prior art do not contain this particular combination of structural features of the polypeptides provided herein. In line therewith, the Alphabody sequences of the prior art are not encompassed by the appended claims.
Thus, the positively charged internalization region as described herein can be a fragment of maximally 16 amino acids extending between two positively charged amino acid residues, which is characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acid residues. In certain particular embodiments, the internalization region is a fragment of 16 amino acids, which is delimited by two positively charged amino acids and which is characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acids. In further particular embodiments, the internalization region is a fragment of 16 amino acids that comprises 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, or more, such as 16 positively charged amino acids and which is delimited by two positively charged amino acids.
In further particular embodiments, the region is a fragment of 16 amino acids delimited by two positively charged amino acids and characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acids, of which at least four residues are arginines or of which at least five residues are lysines.
In further particular embodiments, the internalization region can comprise 7, 8, 9, 10 or more, such as 16 positively charged amino acids, comprising a combination of arginines and lysines which adds up to a total of 7, 8, 9, 10, or more than 10, such as 16 positively charged amino acids. Such combinations of positively charged amino acid residues include for example a combination of 4 arginines and 3 lysines, 5 arginines and 3 lysines, 6 arginines and 4 lysines, 4 arginines and 4 lysines, 5 arginines and 4 lysines, 5 arginines and 5 lysines, 6 arginines and 3 lysines, and any suitable other combination of arginines and lysines adding up to a maximum total of 16 positively charged amino acid residues.
In further particular embodiments, the internalization region can comprise at least 4, such as 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more than 10 such as maximum 16 arginines. In further particular embodiments, the internalization region can comprise at least five, such as 6, 7, 9, 10 or more than 10 such as maximum 16 lysines.
In certain embodiments , the at least six positively positively charged amino acid residues within a positively charged internalization region comprised in the polypeptides envisaged herein exclusively consist of arginines or exclusively consist of lysines. Alternatively, in certain particular embodiments, the at least six positively positively charged amino acid residues within a positively charged internalization region comprised in the polypeptides envisaged herein consist of arginines and lysines.
It has been found that positive charges clustered close to each other in the polypeptide sequences comprising an Alphabody structure sequence enhance cell penetration of the polypeptides.
Thus, the at least one positively charged internalization region envisaged herein can be a fragment which extends between two positively charged amino acid residues, which is characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acid residues and which consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acids. In particular embodiments, the at least one positively charged internalization region as envisaged herein, consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acids, such as for at least 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or maximally 100% of positively charged amino acid residues. The positively charged amino acid residues can be arginines or lysines. In further particular embodiments, the at least one positively charged internalization region in the polypeptides as envisaged herein, consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acids and is characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acid residues, of which at least four residues are arginines. In further particular embodiments, the at least one positively charged internalization region in the polypeptides as envisaged herein, consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acids and is characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acid residues, of which at least five residues are lysines.
Indeed, the present inventors have surprisingly found that when a distinct, and relatively short fragment of amino acid residues - at least partially, and preferably entirely, located within the Alphabody structure - is decorated or provided with a number of positively charged amino acid residues that are located close to each other, a polypeptide can be generated with highly favorable properties in terms of both cell penetration and intracellular stability and functionality.
While in the prior art many attempts have been made to positively charge or cationize proteins in a random manner, essentially spreading charges over the entire protein surface, in order to enhance cell penetration, many side effects were observed and no functionality inside cells could be demonstrated. These side effects for example included aspecific binding or stickiness to cellular organelles and membranes, instability and electrostatic repulsion due to 'overchargement', denaturation resulting in aggregation and false interactions with for instance membrane components and acidic proteins.
It has however now been found by the present inventors that positive charges located close to each other in a narrow window of the polypeptide sequences comprising an Alphabody structure sequence, i.e. a window corresponding to about 15 to 20 amino acid residues, and preferably not more than 16 amino acid residues, cell penetration of the polypeptides can be optimally achieved.
In particular embodiments envisaged herein, the positive charges in the internalization region of the polypeptides as described herein, are located close to each other in a narrow window within the Alphabody sequence comprised in the polypeptides that is not greater than about 15-20% of the total Alphabody sequence.
In particular embodiments, the at least one internalization region is entirely comprised within one alpha-helix of said at least one Alphabody structure sequence.
The positively charged amino acids within this internalization region need not be positioned next to each other, but can be separated by one or more non-positively charged amino acids. Indeed, the skilled person will recognize that certain limitations are imposed by the Alphabody motif. Typically, the internalization region is considered to extend between two positively charged amino acid residues most remotely positioned from each other within a fragment of maximally 16 amino acid residues.
In the polypeptides envisaged according to these embodiments, the internalization region is integrated into the Alphabody structure at least for 80% (e.g. at least about 13/16 amino acids) are located within the Alphabody structure in the polypeptide, such that a limited number of amino acids (e.g. at most about 3/16 amino acids) may extend in the polypeptide outside the Alphabody structure. In certain particular embodiments, at least 50%, such as at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or 100% (i.e. all) of the positively charged amino acid residues within an internalization region as envisaged herein are comprised within the Alphabody structure sequence of the polypeptides provided herein.
In particular embodiments however, the entire internalization region is located within the Alphabody structure sequence.
The position of the positively charged amino acids of the internalization region in the Alphabody will influence the effectiveness of internalization. Indeed, in particular embodiments one or more positively charged amino acid residues of the internalization region are located at the outer surface of an Alphabody, in particular on the solvent- oriented outer surface of the Alphabody, such as on the outer, solvent-oriented surface of at least one alpha-helix of an Alphabody. Indeed, it has been found that internalization is improved if the positively charged amino acid residues of the internalization region are located at the outer surface of the Alphabody structure or scaffold. Thus, in particular embodiments, the positively charged amino acids of the internalization region are located on the outer surface of an alpha-helix of an Alphabody structure in the polypeptide, more particularly (exclusively) on the outer surface of an alpha-helix of an Alphabody structure.
In view of the above, it has been established that improved internalization can be obtained if the positively charged amino acids are provided in specific positions in the Alphabody structure. Thus, in particular embodiments, the internalization region comprises a specific motif of positively charged amino acids. Such a motif or pattern is thus a distinct amino acid sequence at the protein level (or nucleic acid sequence at the genetic level), which comprises one or more characteristic amino acid residues at specific positions (or nucleic acid sequence encoding said amino acid residues) . The 'characteristic amino acid residues' within a certain CPAB motif (as used herein), represent those amino acid residues within that CPAB motif, which are critical to the cell penetrating capability of the CPAB Alphabody comprising that CPAB motif. Thus, changing the identity of so-called 'characteristic or critical residues' of a CPAB motif in a CPAB Alphabody (e.g. by mutation or de novo sequence design) will affect the cell penetrating capability of that CPAB Alphabody.
In certain particular embodiments, a CPAB motif of an internalization region as envisaged herein is no longer capable of mediating cellular internalization of a polypeptide when the number of positively charged amino acid residues is reduced to less than 4.
As detailed above, a positively charged internalization region, a CPAB motif or CPAB pattern as used herein is at least in part, integrated into the Alphabody structure sequence as such (as defined herein) and thus different from a cell penetrating peptide or protein sequence or other cell penetrating group that is conjugated or attached to one of the ends of an Alphabody sequence so as to ensure cell penetration.
It has been found that the location of an internalization region within the alpha-helix structure of a polypeptide is not critical, i.e. a positively charged internalization region as envisaged herein can be positioned in helix A, B, or C of the Alphabody structure.
In particular embodiments, the polypeptides as provided herein comprise at least one internalization region, which is located in helix A of the Alphabody structure. In further particular embodiments, the polypeptides as provided herein comprise at least one internalization region, which is located in helix C of the Alphabody structure. In further particular embodiments, the polypeptides as provided herein comprise two internalization regions, each of which is located in helix A and in helix C of the Alphabody structure as described herein.
In certain particular embodiments, it has been found that combinations of two internalization regions in two different parts of the Alphabody structure (e.g. A-helix and C- helix) can also increase permeability into the cell.
However, in particular embodiments, it is preferred that the internalization region is not comprised in the loops or linker regions of an Alphabody structure. In further particular embodiments, it is envisaged that at most two out of three helices of an Alphabody structure comprise an internalization region.
In further particular preferred embodiments, the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise at least one internalization region, which is exclusively located and substantially entirely comprised within one alpha-helix of the Alphabody structure, such as the A-helix, the B-helix or the C-helix. In further particular embodiments, the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise at least one internalization region, which is exclusively located and substantially entirely comprised within one alpha-helix of the Alphabody structure, such as the A-helix or the C-helix.
In particular embodiments, the positively charged amino acids are located at conventional heptad b-, c-, e-, f- and g-positions, i.e. non-core positions (as defined herein) of the Alphabody scaffold, which positions are typically located at the outer, i.e. solvent- exposed, alpha-helix surface of the Alphabody scaffold.
Accordingly, in particular embodiments, a CPAB motif can for example (without limitation) be present in the following fragment of 16 amino acids that is comprised within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of an Alphabody structure: XXHXXXHXXHXXXHXX ,
wherein H represents a hydrophobic and/or apolar amino acid residue,
wherein X represents a hydrophilic and/or polar amino acid residue, and
wherein at least six X residues are either arginine or lysine.
In particular embodiments, H represents isoleucine.
In still further particular embodiments, the motif is a subfragment of the 16 amino acid fragment XXHXXXHXXHXXXHXX that is comprised within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of an Alphabody structure,
wherein H represents a hydrophobic and/or apolar amino acid residue,
wherein X represents a hydrophilic and/or polar amino acid residue, and provided that at least six of the X residues are either arginine or lysine. In particular embodiments, H represents isoleucine.
Different useful positively charged internalization motifs have been identified by the present inventors. In particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZZXXZXXZZXXZ, wherein Z represents a positively charged amino acid and X represents any amino acid residue. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of an Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HZZHPZPHZZHPZPHPPHPPPHPP such that the positively charged amino acids (Z) are located on the outer surface of the helix. In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZXXZZXXZXXZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPZHPZPHZZHPZPHZPHPPPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZZXXZXXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHPZPHZZHPZPHZZHPPPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZXXXZXXXZXXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HZPHZPPHZPHPZPHZZHPPPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXXZXXXZXXZZXXZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHZPPHZPHPZPHZZHPZPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to
ZXXZXXXZXXXZXXZZXXZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HZPHZPPHZPHPZPHZZHPZPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZZXXZXXZZXXZXXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HZPHZZPHZPHZZPHZZHZZPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZZXXZXXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HZPHZZPHZPHZZPHPPHPPPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to
ZZXXZXXZZXXZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHZZPHZPHZZPHZPHPPPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZXXZZXXZXXZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHZPPHZPHZZPHZPHZPPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZZXXZXXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHPPPHZPHZZPHZPHZZPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZZXXZXXXZXXZZXXZZXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHZZPHZPHPZPHZZHPZZHZZ. In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZZXXZXXXZXXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHZZPHZPHPZPHZZHPPPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZXXXZXXZZXXZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHPZPHZPHPZPHZZHPZPHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXXZXXZZXXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHPPPHZPHPZPHZZHPZZHPP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZXXZZXXZZXZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHPPPHPPHPZPHZZHPZZHZP.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZZXXZZXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHZZHPZZHZZ.
In further particular embodiments, the CPAB motif corresponds to ZZXXXXXZZXXXXXZZ, wherein Z represents the positively charged amino acids. More particularly, this CPAB motif is positioned within the heptad repeat sequence of one or more of the helices of the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments, positioning of this motif on a helix structure characterized by the structure HPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPPHPPPHPP corresponds to ZZHPPPHZZHPPPHZZ.
Further motifs have also been found to be suitable for use in ensuring internalization of a polypeptide into the cell such as ZXXXZXXXXXXZZXXXZXZZ (which, when introduced into a heptad repeat motif corresponds to ZPPHZPHPPHZZHPZHZZ). Further variations of the CPAB motifs as presented herein can also be envisaged by the skilled person.
As detailed above, the polypeptides envisaged herein may comprise more than one internalization region in an Alphabody structure. Such motifs may comprise the same or different motifs.
The one or more internalization regions in the polypeptides envisaged herein, i.e. extending over a fragment of maximally 16 amino acids per region, can be characterized as having a net charge. The net charge of a positively charged internalization region as envisaged herein typically corresponds to the total of positively charged amino acids in the internalization region. In particular embodiments, the net charge of the internalization region is at least +6. It is further envisaged that positively charged internalization regions can be provided having a net charge of +7, +8, +9, +10, such as maximally +16.
It has been demonstrated (as detailed in the Examples 9 to 11 ) that the CPAB motifs can be integrated into the Alphabody scaffold without disrupting the target binding site.
In particular embodiments, the polypeptides provided herein comprise or essentially consist of at least one Alphabody structure sequence, which
(i) is capable of being internalized into a cell through the presence of at least one positively charged internalization region as described herein, which is comprised at least in part within said Alphabody structure sequence, and in addition
(ii) specifically binds to an intracellular target molecule primarily through a binding site present on the Alphabody structure sequence.
In these particular embodiments, the polypeptides provided herein specifically bind to an intracellular target molecule primarily through a binding site present on the B-helix of the Alphabody structure sequence.
In certain particular embodiments, polypeptides comprising an Alphabody structure are provided which are capable of binding to an intracellular target and are characterized by the presence of one or more positively charged internalization regions at least partially located within the Alphabody structure sequence present in said polypeptide, wherein the internalization region consists of a fragment of not more than 16 amino acid residues, which is characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acid residues.
In certain particular embodiments, polypeptides comprising an Alphabody structure are provided which are capable of binding to an intracellular target and are characterized by the presence of at least one positively charged internalization region, at least partially located within the Alphabody structure sequence present in said polypeptide, wherein the internalization region is characterized by the presence of at least six positively charged amino acid residues and consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acids.
In further particular embodiments, polypeptides comprising an Alphabody structure are provided which are capable of binding to an intracellular target and are characterized by the presence of one or more internalization regions at least partially located within the Alphabody structure sequence present in said polypeptide, wherein the internalization region comprises at least 6 positively charged amino acid residues, of which (i) at least 4 residues are arginines, or (ii) at least 5 residues are lysines. In certain further particular embodiments, the at least one internalization region consists of a fragment of not more than 16 amino acid residues. In certain further particular embodiments, the at least one internalization region consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acids.
In further particular embodiments of the polypeptides provided herein, at least 80% of the amino acid residues comprised in the at least one positively charged internalization region are comprised within the at least one Alphabody structure sequence; and in still further particular embodiments, the at least one internalization region is substantially entirely comprised within said at least one Alphabody structure sequence, such as (substantially entirely) comprised within one alpha-helix of said at least one Alphabody structure sequence. In further particular embodiments, the at least one internalization region is (substantially entirely) comprised within the A-helix and/or within the C-helix of said at least one Alphabody structure sequence.
In further particular embodiments, an internalization region is such that it consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acid residues which, when all mutated into non-positively charged amino acids, cellular uptake of the polypeptide comprising the internalization region is reduced by at least 50%, such as at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, or at least 90% or more. In still further particular embodiments, an internalization region is such that it consists for at least 35% of positively charged amino acid residues which, when all mutated into non-positively charged amino acids, cellular uptake of the polypeptide comprising the internalization region is substantially completely abolished.
Since, the polypeptides as envisaged herein have the potential to either directly or indirectly affect the biological function of intracellular targets inside cells they are particularly useful for medical, i.e. therapeutic or prophylactic, applications in a wide variety of disease indications.
[INTRACELLULAR TARGETS OF INTEREST]
It is envisaged that the polypeptides described herein comprise, within the Alphabody structure, a binding site to an intracellular protein.
Examples of intracellular target molecules to which the Alphabodies and polypeptides as envisaged in certain embodiments can specifically bind include for example, but are not limited to, proteins involved in cellular processes chosen from the group consisting of cell signaling, cell signal transduction, cellular and molecular transport (e.g. active transport or passive transport), osmosis, phagocytosis, autophagy, cell senescence, cell adhesion, cell motility, cell migration, cytoplasmic streaming, DNA replication, protein synthesis, reproduction (e.g. cell cycle, meiosis, mitosis, interphase, cytokinesis), cellular metabolism (e.g. glycolysis and respiration, energy supply), cell communication, DNA repair, apoptotis and programmed cell death.
The polypeptides as envisaged herein are further capable of maintaining their biological activity in the intracellular environment. Indeed, it has been demonstrated herein that the polypeptides provided herein are not only stable in the intracellular milieu but are also capable of binding their intracellular target and inhibiting the function thereof.
Particular polypeptides as described herein are capable of specifically binding to anti-apoptotic members of the BCL-2 family of proteins. Examples of anti-apoptotic members of the BCL-2 family of proteins are MCL-1 , BCL-2, BCL-2a, BCL-XL, BCL-w and BFL-1/A1 . It should be understood that one Alphabody may bind to several (i.e., one or more) intracellular proteins of interest. In particular embodiments, the binding of the Alphabody is driven by one of its alpha-helices, which is stabilized in the Alphabody coiled coil structure. In further particular embodiments, the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 1 to 16, 26 and 27. In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 4 to 16, 26 and 27. In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more sequence identity with a polypeptide sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 19.
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 , whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 20 (LRXVGDXV).
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to BCL-2a, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 26 and 27.
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to BCL-XL, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 26 and 27.
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 and/or BCL-2a and/or BCL-XL, whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more sequence identity with a polypeptide sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 29 (MSIEEIAAQIAAIQLRIIGDQFNIYYMT).
In particular embodiments, polypeptides are provided which are capable of being internalized by a cell and capable of binding to MCL-1 and/or BCL-2a and/or BCL-XL whereby the polypeptides are characterized in that they comprise a sequence as defined in SEQ ID NO: 30 (LRIIGDQF).
In particular embodiments, the intracellular target molecules to which the
Alphabodies and polypeptides as envisaged in certain embodiments can specifically bind include intracellular proteins that are naturally involved in processes occurring in eukaryotic cells, such as animal cells, and in particular mammalian or human cells. [BINDING AFFINITY OF THE ALPHABODY POLYPEPTIDES]
Typically, the polypeptides envisaged herein will bind to a target protein of interest with a dissociation constant (KD) of less than about 1 micromolar (1 μΜ), and preferably less than about 1 nanomolar (1 nM) [i.e., with an association constant (KA) of about 1 ,000,000 per molar (10s M" , 1 E6 /M) or more and preferably about 1 ,000,000,000 per molar (109 M" , 1 E9 /M) or more]. A KD value greater than about 1 millimolar is generally considered to indicate non-binding or non-specific binding. It is generally known in the art that the KD can also be expressed as the ratio of the dissociation rate constant of a complex, denoted as kOff (expressed in seconds"1 or s" ), to the rate constant of its association, denoted kOn (expressed in molar"1 seconds"1 or M" s" ). In particular, a polypeptide as disclosed herein will bind to the target protein of interest with a kOff ranging between 0.1 and 0.0001s"1 and/or a kOn ranging between 1 ,000 and 1 ,000,000 M" s" . Binding affinities, kOff and kOn rates may be determined by means of methods known to the person skilled in the art, for example ELISA methods, isothermal titration calorimetry, surface plasmon resonance, fluorescence-activated cell sorting analysis, and the more.
[STRUCTURE OF THE ALPHABODY SCAFFOLD]
The target-binding polypeptides described herein are amino acid sequences comprising one or more Alphabody scaffolds having the general formula HRS1-L1 -HRS2- L2-HRS3, and optionally comprising additional N- and C-terminal linked groups, residues or moieties resulting in the formula N-HRS1-L1 -HRS2-L2-HRS3-C. The optional N and C extensions can be, for example, a tag for detection or purification (e.g. a His-tag) or another protein or protein domain, in which case the full construct is denoted a fusion protein. For the sake of clarity, the optional extensions N and C are herein considered not to form part of a single-chain Alphabody structure, which is defined by the general formula 'HRS1-L1-HRS2-L2-HRS3'.
As indicated above, a heptad repeat of an Alphabody structure is generally represented as 'abcdefg' or 'defgabc', wherein the symbols 'a' to 'g' denote conventional heptad positions. The 'a-positions' and 'd-positions' in each heptad unit of an Alphabody as described herein are amino acid residue positions of the coiled coil structure where the solvent-shielded (i.e., buried) core residues are located. The 'e-positions' and 'g-positions' in each heptad unit of an Alphabody structure are amino acid residue positions of the coiled coil structure where the amino acid residues which are partially solvent-exposed are located. In a triple-stranded coiled coil, these 'e-positions' and 'g-positions' are located in the groove formed between two spatially adjacent alpha-helices, and the corresponding amino acid residues are commonly denoted the 'groove residues'. The 'b-positions', 'c- positions' and 'f-positions' in each heptad unit of an Alphabody structure are the most solvent-exposed positions in a coiled coil structure.
It is noted that in the prior art, a heptad may be referred to as 'heptad repeat' because the 7-residue fragment is usually repeated a number of times in a true coiled coil amino acid sequence.
A heptad motif (as defined herein) of the type 'abcdefg' is typically represented as
ΉΡΡΗΡΡΡ', whereas a 'heptad motif of the type 'defgabc' is typically represented as ΉΡΡΡΗΡΡ', wherein the symbol 'H' denotes an apolar or hydrophobic amino acid residue and the symbol 'Ρ' denotes a polar or hydrophilic amino acid residue. Typical hydrophobic residues located at a- or d-positions include aliphatic (e.g., leucine, isoleucine, valine, methionine) or aromatic (e.g., phenylalanine) amino acid residues. Heptads within coiled coil sequences do not always comply with the ideal pattern of hydrophobic and polar residues, as polar residues are occasionally located at 'Η' positions and hydrophobic residues at 'Ρ' positions. Thus, the patterns ΉΡΡΗΡΡΡ' and 'HPPPHPP' are to be considered as ideal patterns or characteristic reference motifs. Occasionally, the characteristic heptad motif is represented as 'HPPHCPC or 'HxxHCxC wherein Ή' and 'Ρ' have the same meaning as above, 'C denotes a charged residue (lysine, arginine, glutamic acid or aspartic acid) and 'χ' denotes any (unspecified) natural amino acid residue. Since a heptad can equally well start at a d-position, the latter motifs can also be written as 'HCPCHPP' or 'HCxCHxx'. It is noted that single-chain Alphabodies are intrinsically so stable that they do not require the aid of ionic interactions between charged ('C') residues at heptad e- and g-positions.
A heptad repeat sequence (HRS) (as defined herein) is typically represented by (abcdefg)n or (defgabc)n in notations referring to conventional heptad positions, or by (HPPHPPP)n or (HPPPHPP)n in notations referring to the heptad motifs, with the proviso that not all amino acid residues in a HRS should strictly follow the ideal pattern of hydrophobic and polar residues. In order to identify heptad repeat sequences, and/or their boundaries, these heptad repeat sequences comprising amino acids or amino acid sequences that deviate from the consensus motif, and if only amino acid sequence information is at hand, then the COILS method of Lupas et al. (Science 1991 , 252: 1 162- 1 164) is a suitable method for the determination or prediction of heptad repeat sequences and their boundaries, as well as for the assignment of heptad positions. Furthermore, the heptad repeat sequences can be resolved based on knowledge at a higher level than the primary structure (i.e., the amino acid sequence). Indeed, heptad repeat sequences can be identified and delineated on the basis of secondary structural information (i.e. alpha- helicity) or on the basis of tertiary structural (i.e., protein folding) information. A typical characteristic of a putative HRS is an alpha-helical structure. Another (strong) criterion is the implication of a sequence or fragment in a coiled coil structure. Any sequence or fragment that is known to form a regular coiled coil structure, i.e., without stutters or stammers as described in Brown et al. Proteins 1996, 26:134-145, is herein considered a HRS. Also and more particularly, the identification of HRS fragments can be based on high-resolution 3-D structural information (X-ray or NMR structures). Finally, but not limited hereto, and unless clear evidence of the contrary exists, or unless otherwise mentioned, the boundaries to any HRS fragment may be defined as the first (respectively last) a- or d- position at which a standard hydrophobic amino acid residue (selected from the group valine, isoleucine, leucine, methionine, phenylalanine, tyrosine or tryptophan) is located.
The linkers within a single-chain structure of the Alphabody structure (as defined herein) interconnect the HRS sequences, and more particularly the first to the second HRS, and the second to the third HRS in an Alphabody. Each linker sequence in an Alphabody commences with the residue following the last heptad residue of the preceding HRS and ends with the residue preceding the first heptad residue of the next HRS. Connections between HRS fragments via disulfide bridges or chemical cross-linking or, in general, through any means of inter-chain linkage (as opposed to intra-chain linkage), are explicitly excluded from the definition of a linker fragment (at least, in the context of an Alphabody) because such would be in contradiction with the definition of a single-chain Alphabody. A linker fragment in an Alphabody is preferably flexible in conformation to ensure relaxed (unhindered) association of the three heptad repeat sequences as an alpha-helical coiled coil structure. Further in the context of an Alphabody, 'L1 ' shall denote the linker fragment one, i.e., the linker between HRS1 and HRS2, whereas 'L2' shall denote the linker fragment two, i.e., the linker between HRS2 and HRS3. Suitable linkers for use in the Alphabody structure will be clear to the skilled person, and may generally be any linker used in the art to link amino acid sequences, as long as the linkers are structurally flexible, in the sense that they do not affect the characteristic three dimensional coiled coil structure of the Alphabody. The two linkers L1 and L2 in a particular Alphabody structure, may be the same or may be different. Based on the further disclosure herein, the skilled person will be able to determine the optimal linkers for a specific Alphabody structure, optionally after performing a limited number of routine experiments. In particular embodiments, the linkers L1 and L2 are amino acid sequences consisting of at least 4, in particular at least 8, more particularly at least 12 amino acid residues, with a non-critical upper limit chosen for reasons of convenience being about 30 amino acid residues. In a particular, non-limiting embodiment, preferably at least 50% of the amino acid residues of a linker sequence are selected from the group proline, glycine, and serine. In further non- limiting embodiments, preferably at least 60%, such as at least 70%, such as for example 80% and more particularly 90% of the amino acid residues of a linker sequence are selected from the group proline, glycine, and serine. In other particular embodiments, the linker sequences essentially consist of polar amino acid residues; in such particular embodiments, preferably at least 50%, such as at least 60%, such as for example 70% or 80% and more particularly 90% or up to 100% of the amino acid residues of a linker sequence are selected from the group consisting of glycine, serine, threonine, alanine, proline, histidine, asparagine, aspartic acid, glutamine, glutamic acid, lysine and arginine.
In certain particular embodiments, each of the linkers L1 and L2 in an Alphabody structure are independently a linker fragment, covalently connecting HRS1 to HRS2 and HRS2 to HRS3, respectively, and consisting of at least 4 amino acid residues, preferably at least 50% of which are selected from the group proline, glycine, serine.
The 'coiled coil' structure of an Alphabody can be considered as being an assembly of alpha-helical heptad repeat sequences wherein the helical heptad repeat sequences are as defined supra;
• the said alpha-helical heptad repeat sequences are wound (wrapped around each other) with a left-handed supertwist (supercoiling);
• the core residues at a- and d-positions form the core of the assembly, wherein they pack against each other in a knobs-into-holes manner as defined in the Socket algorithm (Walshaw and Woolfson J Mol Biol 2001 , 307:1427-1450) and reiterated in Lupas and Gruber Adv Protein Chem 2005, 70:37-78; • the core residues are packed in regular core packing layers, where the layers are defined as in Schneider et al Fold Des 1998, 3:R29-R40.
The coiled coil structure of an Alphabody structure is not to be confused with ordinary three-helix bundles. Criteria to distinguish between a true coiled coil and non- coiled coil helical bundles are provided in Desmet et al. WO 2010/066740 A1 and Schneider et al Fold Des 1998, 3:R29-R40; such criteria essentially relate to the presence or absence of structural symmetry in the packing of core residues for coiled coils and helix bundles, respectively. Also the presence or absence of left-handed supercoiling for coiled coils and helix bundles, respectively, provides a useful criterion to distinguish between both types of folding.
While aforegoing criteria in principle apply to 2-stranded, 3-stranded, 4-stranded and even more-stranded coiled coils, the Alphabody structure as envisaged herein is restricted to 3-stranded coiled coils. The coiled coil region in an Alphabody can be organized with all alpha-helices in parallel orientation (corresponding to a 'parallel Alphabody' as described in EP2161278 by Applicant Complix NV) or with one of the three alpha-helices being antiparallel to the two other (corresponding to an 'antiparallel Alphabody' as described in WO 2010/066740 by Applicant Complix NV).
The alpha-helical part of an Alphabody structure (as defined herein) will usually grossly coincide with the heptad repeat sequences although differences can exist near the boundaries. For example, a sequence fragment with a clear heptad motif can be non- helical due to the presence of one or more helix-distorting residues (e.g., glycine or proline). Reversely, part of a linker fragment can be alpha-helical despite the fact that it is located outside a heptad repeat region. Further, any part of one or more alpha-helical heptad repeat sequences is also considered an alpha-helical part of a single-chain Alphabody.
The solvent-oriented region of (the alpha-helices of) an Alphabody structure (as defined herein) is an important Alphabody region. In view of the configuration of the alpha- helices in an Alphabody, wherein the residues at heptad a- and d-positions form the core, the solvent-oriented region is largely formed by b-, c- and f-residues. There are three such regions per single-chain Alphabody, i.e., one in each alpha-helix. Any part of such solvent- oriented region is also considered a solvent-oriented region. For example, a subregion composed of the b-, c- and f-residues from three consecutive heptads in an Alphabody alpha-helix will also form a solvent-oriented surface region. Residues implicated in the formation of (the surface of) a groove between two adjacent alpha-helices in an Alphabody are generally located at heptad e- and g-positions, but some of the more exposed b- and c-positions as well as some of the largely buried core a- and d-positions may also contribute to a groove surface; such will essentially depend on the size of the amino acid side-chains placed at these positions. If the spatially adjacent alpha-helices run parallel, then one half of the groove is formed by b- and e- residues from a first helix and the second half by c- and g-residues of the second helix. If the said spatially adjacent alpha-helices are antiparallel, then there exist two possibilities. In a first possibility, both halves of the groove are formed by b- and e-residues. In the second possibility, both halves of the groove are formed by c- and g-residues. The three types of possible grooves are herein denoted by their primary groove-forming (e- and g-) residues: if the helices are parallel, then the groove is referred to as an e/g-groove; if the helices are antiparallel, then the groove is referred to as either an e/e-groove or a g/g- groove. Parallel Alphabodies have three e/g-grooves, whereas antiparallel Alphabodies have one e/g-groove, one e/e-groove and one g/g-groove. Any part of an Alphabody groove is also considered a groove region.
In a further aspect, (Alphabody) polypeptides are provided that comprise or essentially consist of at least one Alphabody as defined herein and optionally comprise one or more further groups, moieties, residues optionally linked via one or more linkers.
Accordingly, a polypeptide as envisaged herein may optionally contain one or more further groups, moieties or residues for binding to other targets or target proteins of interest. It should be clear that such further groups, residues, moieties and/or binding sites may or may not provide further functionality to the Alphabodies as envisaged herein (and/or to the polypeptide or composition in which it is present) and may or may not modify the properties of the Alphabody (Alphabodies) comprised therein. Such groups, residues, moieties or binding units may also for example be chemical groups which can be biologically and/or pharmacologically active.
These groups, moieties or residues are, in particular embodiments, linked N- or C- terminally to the Alphabody structure. In particular embodiments however, one or more groups, moieties or residues are linked to the body of the Alphabody structure, e.g. to a free cysteine in an alpha-helix.
In particular embodiments, the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise one or more Alphabodies, which have been chemically modified. For example, such a modification may involve the introduction or linkage of one or more functional groups, residues or moieties into or onto the Alphabody structure. These groups, residues or moieties may confer one or more desired properties or functionalities to the polypeptide. Examples of such functional groups will be clear to the skilled person.
For example, the introduction or linkage of such functional groups to an Alphabody structure can result in an increase in the half-life, the solubility and/or the stability of the polypeptide or in a reduction of the toxicity of the polypeptide, or in the elimination or attenuation of any undesirable side effects of the polypeptide, and/or in other advantageous properties.
In particular embodiments, the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise
Alphabodies that have been chemically modified to increase the biological or plasma half- life thereof, for example, by means of PEGylation, by means of the addition of a group which binds to or which is a serum protein (such as serum albumin or transferrin) or, in general, by linkage of the Alphabody to a moiety that increases the half-life of the polypeptide. As an example, Alphabodies can be PEGylated at a solvent exposed Cysteine using maleimide mPEG 40kD PEG (Jenkem Technology) or other PEG moieties of different molecular mass.
In particular embodiments, the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise Alphabodies that have been fused to protein domains or peptides to increase the biological or plasma half-life thereof, for example, with a domain which binds to or which is a serum protein (such as serum albumin or to the Fc part of an immunoglobulin). Said protein domain may be an Alphabody which binds to a serum protein, such as for example serum albumin or transferrin.
In particular embodiments, the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise Alphabodies that in addition to their target binding (toward the intracellular target, such as for example anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins of interest) bind also a serum protein (such as serum albumin or transferrin or to the Fc part of an immunoglobulin) to increase the biological or plasma half-life of said Alphabodies.
Typically, the polypeptides as envisaged herein with increased half-life have a half- life (in human or in an animal model used for PK evaluation such as rat, dog, monkey, mouse, horse, pig, cat, etc) of more than 1 week, equally preferably more than 2 weeks as compared to the half-life of the corresponding Alphabody lacking the above described equipment for half life extension. A particular modification of the Alphabodies present in the polypeptides envisaged herein may comprise the introduction of one or more detectable labels or other signal- generating groups or moieties, depending on the intended use of the labeled polypeptide.
Yet a further particular modification may involve the introduction of a chelating group, for example to chelate one or more metals or metallic cations.
A particular modification may comprise the introduction of a functional group that is one part of a specific binding pair, such as the biotin-(strept)avidin binding pair.
For some applications, in particular for those applications in which it is intended to kill a cell that expresses the target against which the polypeptides as envisaged herein specifically bind to (e.g., in the treatment of cancer), or to reduce or slow the growth and/or proliferation of such a cell, the polypeptides as envisaged herein may comprise an Alphabody structure linked to a toxin or to a toxic residue or moiety.
Other potential chemical and enzymatic modifications will be clear to the skilled person.
In particular embodiments, the one or more groups, residues, moieties are linked to an Alphabody structure via one or more suitable linkers or spacers.
In further particular embodiments, the polypeptides as envisaged herein comprise two or more target-specific Alphabodies. In such particular embodiments, the two or more target-specific Alphabodies may be linked (coupled, concatenated, interconnected, fused) to each other either in a direct or in an indirect way. In embodiments wherein the two or more Alphabodies are directly linked to each other, they are linked without the aid of a spacer or linker fragment or moiety. Alternatively, in embodiments wherein the two or more Alphabodies are indirectly linked to each other, they are linked via a suitable spacer or linker fragment or linker moiety.
In embodiments wherein two or more Alphabodies are directly linked, they may be produced as single-chain fusion constructs (i.e. , as single-chain protein constructs wherein two or more Alphabody sequences directly follow each other in a single, contiguous amino acid sequence). Alternatively, direct linkage of Alphabodies may also be accomplished via cysteines forming a disulfide bridge between two Alphabodies (i.e. , under suitable conditions, such as oxidizing conditions, two Alphabodies comprising each a free cysteine may react with each other to form a dimer wherein the constituting monomers are covalently linked through a disulfide bridge). Alternatively, in embodiments wherein two or more Alphabodies are indirectly linked, they may be linked to each other via a suitable spacer or linker fragment or linker moiety. In such embodiments, they may also be produced as single-chain fusion constructs (i.e., as single-chain protein constructs wherein two or more Alphabody sequences follow each other in a single, contiguous amino acid sequence, but wherein the Alphabodies remain separated by the presence of a suitably chosen amino acid sequence fragment acting as a spacer fragment). Alternatively, indirect linkage of Alphabodies may also be accomplished via amino acid side groups or via the Alphabody N- or C-termini. For example, under suitably chosen conditions, two Alphabodies comprising each a free cysteine may react with a homo-bifunctional chemical compound, yielding an Alphabody dimer wherein the constituting Alphabodies are covalently cross-linked through the said homo-bifunctional compound. Analogously, one or more Alphabodies may be cross-linked through any combination of reactive side groups or termini and suitably chosen homo- or heterobifunctional chemical compounds for cross-linking of proteins.
In particular embodiments of polypeptides comprising linked Alphabodies, the two or more linked Alphabodies can have the same amino acid sequence or different amino acid sequences. The two or more linked Alphabodies can also have the same binding specificity or a different binding specificity. The two or more linked Alphabodies can also have the same binding affinity or a different binding affinity.
Suitable spacers or linkers for use in the coupling of different Alphabodies in a polypeptide as envisaged herein will be clear to the skilled person and may generally be any linker or spacer used in the art to link peptides and/or proteins. In particular, such a linker or spacer is suitable for constructing proteins or polypeptides that are intended for pharmaceutical use.
Some particularly suitable linkers or spacers for coupling of Alphabodies in a single-chain amino acid sequence include for example, but are not limited to, polypeptide linkers such as glycine linkers, serine linkers, mixed glycine/serine linkers, glycine- and serine-rich linkers or linkers composed of largely polar polypeptide fragments. Some particularly suitable linkers or spacers for coupling of Alphabodies by chemical cross- linking include for example, but are not limited to, homo-bifunctional chemical cross-linking compounds such as glutaraldehyde, imidoesters such as dimethyl adipimidate (DMA), dimethyl suberimidate (DMS) and dimethyl pimelimidate (DMP) or N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) esters such as dithiobis(succinimidylpropionate) (DSP) and dithiobis(sulfosuccinimidylpropionate) (DTSSP). Examples of hetero-bifunctional reagents for cross-linking include, but are not limited to, cross-linkers with one amine-reactive end and a sulfhydryl-reactive moiety at the other end, or with a NHS ester at one end and an SH-reactive group (e.g., a maleimide or pyridyl disulfide) at the other end.
A polypeptide linker or spacer for usage in single-chain concatenated Alphabody constructs may be any suitable (e.g., glycine-rich) amino acid sequence having a length between 1 and 50 amino acids, such as between 1 and 30, and in particular between 1 and 10 amino acid residues. It should be clear that the length, the degree of flexibility and/or other properties of the spacer(s) may have some influence on the properties of the final polypeptides envisaged herein, including but not limited to the affinity, specificity or avidity for a protein of interest, or for one or more other target proteins of interest. It should be clear that when two or more spacers are used in the polypeptides as envisaged herein, these spacers may be the same or different. In the context of the present disclosure, the person skilled in the art will be able to determine the optimal spacers for the purpose of coupling Alphabodies in the polypeptides envisaged herein without any undue experimental burden.
The linked Alphabody polypeptides as envisaged herein can generally be prepared by a method which comprises at least one step of suitably linking one or more Alphabodies to the one or more further groups, residues, moieties and/or other Alphabodies, optionally via the one or more suitable linkers, so as to provide a polypeptide as envisaged herein.
Also, the polypeptides as envisaged herein can be produced by methods at least comprising the steps of: (i) expressing, in a suitable host cell or expression system, the polypeptide as envisaged herein, and (ii) isolating and/or purifying the polypeptide as envisaged herein. Techniques for performing the above steps are known to the person skilled in the art.
[PARTS/FRAGMENTS/ANALOGS/DERIVATIVES]
Also provided herein are parts, fragments, analogs, mutants, variants, and/or derivatives of the polypeptides as disclosed herein and/or polypeptides comprising or essentially consisting of one or more parts, fragments, analogs, mutants, variants, and/or derivatives of an Alphabody, as long as these parts, fragments, analogs, mutants, variants, and/or derivatives are suitable for the prophylactic, therapeutic and/or diagnostic purposes envisaged herein. Such parts, fragments, analogs, mutants, variants, and/or derivatives as envisaged herein are still capable of specifically binding to an intracellular target, such as for example an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins of interest. [ORIGIN AND FORM OF ALPHABODIES, POLYPEPTIDES AND COMPOSITIONS AS ENVISAGED HEREIN]
It should be noted that the present disclosure are not limited as to the origin of the Alphabodies, polypeptides or compositions as envisaged herein (or of the nucleotide sequences as envisaged herein used to express them). Furthermore, the present teaching is also not limited as to the way that the Alphabodies, polypeptides or nucleotide sequences as envisaged herein have been generated or obtained. Thus, the Alphabodies as envisaged herein may be synthetic or semi-synthetic amino acid sequences, polypeptides or proteins.
The Alphabodies, polypeptides and compositions provided herein can be in essentially isolated form (as defined herein), or alternatively can form part of a polypeptide or composition as envisaged herein, which may comprise or essentially consist of at least one Alphabody and which may optionally further comprise one or more other groups, moieties or residues (all optionally linked via one or more suitable linkers). [TARGET SPECIES AND CROSS-REACTIVITY]
It will be appreciated based on the disclosure herein that for prophylactic, therapeutic and/or diagnostic applications, the polypeptides and compositions as envisaged herein will in principle be directed against or specifically bind to a human intracellular target. However, where the polypeptides and compositions are intended for veterinary purposes, they may be directed against or specifically bind to an intracellular target from the species intended to be treated, or they will be at least cross-reactive with an intracellular target from the species to be treated. Accordingly, polypeptides and compositions that specifically bind to an intracellular target from one subject species may or may not show cross-reactivity with an intracellular target from one or more other subject species. Of course it is envisaged that, in the context of the development of polypeptides for use in humans or animals, polypeptides may be developed which bind to an intracellular target from another species than that which is to be treated for use in research and laboratory testing. It is also expected that the polypeptides as envisaged herein will bind to a number of naturally occurring or synthetic analogs, variants, mutants, alleles, parts and fragments of intracellular targets, such as for example naturally occurring or synthetic analogs, variants, mutants, alleles, parts and fragments of an intracellular protein of interest. More particularly, it is expected that the polypeptides as envisaged herein will bind to at least those analogs, variants, mutants, alleles, parts and fragments of intracellular targets that (still) contain the binding site, part or domain of the (natural/wild-type) intracellular target to which those Alphabodies and polypeptides bind. [NUCLEIC ACID SEQUENCES]
In yet a further aspect, nucleic acid sequences are provided encoding Alphabody polypeptides comprising one or more single chain Alphabody structures, which are obtainable by the methods as envisaged herein as well as vectors and host cells comprising such nucleic acid sequences.
In a further aspect, nucleic acid sequences are provided encoding the polypeptides as envisaged herein (or suitable fragments thereof). These nucleic acid sequences are also referred to herein as nucleic acid sequences as envisaged herein and can also be in the form of a vector or a genetic construct or polynucleotide. The nucleic acid sequences may be synthetic or semi-synthetic sequences, nucleotide sequences that have been isolated from a library (and in particular, an expression library), nucleotide sequences that have been prepared by PCR using overlapping primers, or nucleotide sequences that have been prepared using techniques for DNA synthesis known per se.
The genetic constructs may be DNA or RNA, and are preferably double-stranded DNA. The genetic constructs as envisaged herein may also be in a form suitable for transformation of the intended host cell or host organism in a form suitable for integration into the genomic DNA of the intended host cell or in a form suitable for independent replication, maintenance and/or inheritance in the intended host organism. For instance, the genetic constructs may be in the form of a vector, such as for example a plasmid, cosmid, YAC, a viral vector or transposon. In particular, the vector may be an expression vector, i.e., a vector that can provide for expression in vitro and/or in vivo (e.g. in a suitable host cell, host organism and/or expression system). The genetic constructs as envisaged herein may comprise a suitable leader sequence to direct the expressed Alphabody to an intended intracellular or extracellular compartment. For example, the genetic constructs as envisaged herein may be inserted in a suitable vector at a pelB leader sequence site to direct the expressed Alphabody to the bacterial periplasmic space. Also the vector may be equipped with a suitable promoter system to, for example, optimize the yield of the Alphabody.
In a further aspect, vectors are provided comprising nucleic acids encoding single- chain Alphabodies or polypeptides comprising said single-chain Alphabodies, which are obtainable by the methods as envisaged herein.
In yet a further aspect, host cells are provided comprising nucleic acids encoding polypeptides comprising said single-chain Alphabodies obtainable by the methods envisaged herein or vectors comprising these nucleic acids. Accordingly, a particular embodiment a host cell is transfected or transformed with a vector comprising the nucleic acid sequence encoding the Alphabodies obtainable by the methods described herein and which is capable of expressing the polypeptides comprising one or more Alphabody structures. Suitable examples of hosts or host cells for expression of the polypeptides as envisaged herein will be clear to the skilled person and include any suitable eukaryotic or prokaryotic cell (e.g., bacterial cells such as E. coli, yeast cells, mammalian cells, avian cells, amphibian cells, plant cells, fish cells, and insect cells), whether located in vitro or in vivo. [INHIBITING ALPHABODIES, POLYPEPTIDES AND COMPOSITIONS]
In particular embodiments, the polypeptides as envisaged herein that specifically bind to an intracellular target molecule of interest are capable of specifically inhibiting, preventing or decreasing the activity of an intracellular target molecule of interest and/or of inhibiting, preventing or decreasing the signaling and biological mechanisms and pathways in which these intracellular target molecules play a role.
By binding to one or more particular intracellular targets, the polypeptides and pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein can be used to prevent or inhibit the interaction between one or more intracellular targets, thereby preventing, inhibiting or reducing the signalling pathways that are mediated by those intracellular targets and/or modulating the biological pathways and mechanisms in which those intracellular targets are involved. In particular embodiments, the polypeptides and pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein can be used to affect, change or modulate the immune system and/or one or more specific immune responses in a subject in which the intracellular target molecule of interest to which the one or more of the polypeptides and compositions as envisaged herein bind, are involved.
Thus, in particular embodiments, the polypeptides and compositions as envisaged herein, specifically bind to, and inhibit an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins.
More particularly, 'inhibiting', 'reducing' and/or 'preventing' using a polypeptide or composition as envisaged herein may mean either inhibiting, reducing and/or preventing the interaction between a target protein of interest and its natural binding partner, or, inhibiting, reducing and/or preventing the activity of a target protein of interest, or, inhibiting, reducing and/or preventing one or more biological or physiological mechanisms, effects, responses, functions pathways or activities in which the target protein of interest is involved, such as by at least 10%, but preferably at least 20%, for example by at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more, as measured using a suitable in vitro, cellular or in vivo assay, compared to the activity of the target protein of interest in the same assay under the same conditions but without using the polypeptide or composition as envisaged herein. In addition, 'inhibiting', 'reducing' and/or 'preventing' may also mean inducing a decrease in affinity, avidity, specificity and/or selectivity of a target protein of interest for one or more of its natural binding partners and/or inducing a decrease in the sensitivity of the target protein of interest for one or more conditions in the medium or surroundings in which the target protein of interest is present (such as pH, ion strength, the presence of co-factors, etc.), compared to the same conditions but without the presence of the polypeptide or composition as envisaged herein. In the present context, 'inhibiting', 'reducing' and/or 'preventing' may also involve allosteric inhibition, reduction and/or prevention of the activity of a target protein of interest.
The result of the binding of the polypeptides as envisaged hereinto an intracellular target molecule of interest can be such that, upon binding to that target, it prevents, reduces or inhibits binding of that target to its naturally occurring binding partner or to at least one subunit thereof compared to the binding of the target to its naturally occurring binding partner in the absence of such polypeptides or pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein, and this by at least 20%, for example by at least 50%, as at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more, as determined by a suitable assay known in the art. Alternatively, the binding of the polypeptide to the intracellular target molecule is such that it still allows this target molecule to bind to its naturally occurring binding partner, but prevents, reduces or inhibits the signalling that would be triggered by binding of the intracellular target molecule of interest to its binding partner or at least one subunit thereof compared to the signalling upon binding of the intracellular target to its natural binding partner in the absence of such polypeptides or pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein, and this by at least 20%, for example by at least 50%, as at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or more, as determined by a suitable assay known in the art.
As will be known to the skilled person, the above polypeptides and compositions comprising polypeptides as envisaged herein will generally act as antagonists of intracellular target mediated signalling, i.e. the signalling that is caused by binding of an intracellular target molecule of interest to its natural binding partner, as well as the biological mechanisms and effects that are induced by such signalling.
[AGONIZING ALPHABODIES, POLYPEPTIDES AND COMPOSITIONS]
In certain non-limiting embodiments, a polypeptide or composition as envisaged herein may specifically bind to an intracellular target molecule of interest thereby enhancing, increasing and/or activating the interaction between that intracellular target and/or its natural binding partner. Such an agonizing polypeptide or composition as envisaged herein may specifically bind to an intracellular target molecule of interest, thereby enhancing, increasing and/or activating the biological activity and/or one or more biological or physiological mechanisms, effects, responses, functions or pathways of that intracellular target and/or its natural binding partner, as measured using a suitable in vitro, cellular or in vivo assay. As will be clear to the skilled person, the polypeptides and compositions according to this particular embodiment, will generally act as agonists of intracellular target mediated signalling, i.e. the signalling that is caused by binding of an intracellular target molecule of interest to its natural binding partner, as well as the biological mechanisms and effects that are induced by such signalling.
Accordingly, in these particular embodiments, the polypeptides and pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein can be used to increase one or more specific immune responses in a subject in which the an intracellular target molecule of interest to which the one or more of the polypeptides and compositions as disclosed herein bind, are involved. Agonistic polypeptides or pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein binding to certain intracellular target molecules can be used to stimulate or enhance one or more immune responses in a subject, for example for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases that are characterized by a weakened immune system or that may occur as a result of having a weakened immune system.
Another aspect relates to methods for the production of a polypeptides comprising at least one Alphabody having detectable binding affinity for, or inhibitory activity on, one or more intracellular target proteins. Such methods will be clear to the skilled person based on the further description herein.
Thus also provided herein are different applications of the polypeptides as described herein. In particular, the polypeptides as provided herein can be used for modulating the biological function of an intracellular protein in vitro, such as for instance for affecting and, in particular inhibiting, the interaction between the intracellular protein and natural binding partner.
[METHODS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF POLYPEPTIDES]
The polypeptides envisaged herein combine a binding affinity for an intracellular target with the ability to enter into a cell. It will be clear to the skilled person, that different methods are envisaged for producing the polypeptides described herein, which methods either start from the target specificity or from the internalization properties of the polypeptides.
Thus, in particular embodiments, methods are provided which encompass identifying a target binding Alphabody sequence and which thereafter involve modifying said structure (either by addition of amino acids or actual modification of the Alphabody sequence) to ensure internalization of the resulting Alphabody polypeptide. Methods for obtaining suitable Alphabodies having a binding affinity for a given target are known to the skilled person and are moreover described herein below. More particularly, methods are provided herein for obtaining Alphabodies capable of binding to MCL-1 of the BCL-2 family of intracellular proteins. The application further describes different methods for obtaining polypeptides therefrom which are capable of internalization into the cell.
In alternative embodiments, it can be envisaged that one starts from a polypeptide scaffold which is capable of being internalized in the cell and which is then modified or screened for target-binding properties. In particular embodiments of these methods, libraries of polypeptides are provided which are characterized by the presence of at least one Alphabody structure and further by one or more internalization regions or the presence of a cell-penetrating moiety, whereby the amino acids of the target binding domains of the Alphabody are variegated. In these embodiments, the library can be screened for binding to the intracellular target of interest to obtain a polypeptide capable of binding to the intracellular target. In further embodiments it can be envisaged that a suitable polypeptide scaffold, having cell penetrating capability is modified to introduce, e.g. based on mimicry, a suitable binding motif.
The most suitable method for obtaining the polypeptides as envisaged herein will depend on the target and the method of internalization. Indeed, where the binding motif for a given target is known, introduction of target binding and cell-penetrating features can be introduced into the polypeptide simultaneously. However, for targets where binding motifs are not yet known, it will be necessary to include a screening step of libraries of Alphabodies or polypeptides having variegated amino acids at those positions suitable for binding to a target.
[METHODS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF TARGET-BINDING ALPHABODIES]
[METHODS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF ALPHABODIES BY MEANS OF LIBRARIES]
In particular embodiments envisaged herein, the target-specific Alphabodies or Alphabody polypeptides can be obtained by methods which involve generating a random library of Alphabodies and screening this library for an Alphabody polypeptide capable of specifically binding to a target of interest, and in particular to an intracellular target molecule of interest. These methods are described in detail in published international patent application No. WO 2012/092970 in the name of Complix NV.
It will be understood that the selection step of the methods described in
WO2012/092970 can be performed by way of a method commonly known as a selection method or a by way of a method commonly known as a screening method. Both methods envisage the identification and subsequent isolation (i.e., the selection step) of desirable components (i.e. Alphabody library members) from an original ensemble comprising both desirable and non-desirable components (i.e. an Alphabody library). In the case of a selection method, library members will typically be isolated by a step wherein the desired property is applied to obtain the desired goal; in such case, the desired property is usually restricted to the property of a high affinity for a given intracellular target molecule of interest and the desired goal is usually restricted to the isolation of such high-affinity library members from the others. Such method is generally known as an affinity selection method and, in the present context, such affinity selection method will be applied to a single-chain Alphabody library for the purpose of selecting Alphabodies having a high affinity for an intracellular target molecule of interest or a subdomain or subregion thereof. Equally possible is to select for kinetic properties such as e.g. high on-rate for binding to a given an intracellular target molecule of interest, or low off-rate for library members bound to said target by adjusting the appropriate selection conditions (e.g. short incubation times or long wash cycles, or other conditions as is known by someone skilled in the art of library selection techniques). Alternatively, in the case of a screening method, library members will typically be isolated by a step wherein all library members, or at least a substantial collection of library members, are individually examined with respect to a given desired property, and wherein members having such desired property are retained whereas members not having such desired property are discarded; in such case, and in the present context, desired properties may relate to either a high affinity for an intracellular target molecule of interest or a subdomain or subregion thereof, or a functional activity such as an anti-intracellular target molecule activity, including the inhibition, reduction and/or prevention of the activity of an intracellular target molecule of interest. The selection step of the methods for producing polypeptides as envisaged herein thus may be accomplished by either an (affinity) selection technique or by an affinity-based or activity-based functional screening technique, both techniques resulting in the selection of one or more polypeptides comprising at least one single-chain Alphabody having beneficial (favorable, desirable, superior) affinity or activity properties compared to the non-selected polypeptides of the library.
Specific binding of an Alphabody to a target molecule or protein of interest can be determined in any suitable manner known per se, including, for example biopanning, Scatchard analysis and/or competitive binding assays, such as radioimmunoassays (RIA), enzyme immunoassays (EIA) and sandwich competition assays, and the different variants thereof known in the art.
Thus, in particular embodiments, the Alphabody libraries used in the present context are provided as a phage library and binding Alphabodies are identified by contacting the phage with the labeled target molecule, after which binding phages are retrieved by detection or selective collection of the labeled, bound target. Typically, a biotinylated target can be used, whereby phage which generate an Alphabody binding to the target are captured with a streptavidin-coated support (e.g. magnetic beads).
In particular embodiments, the selection steps of the methods for producing one or more single-chain Alphabodies or polypeptides having detectable binding affinity (as defined herein) for a protein of interest, may comprise the (further) enrichment of the Alphabody library or the mixture of Alphabody libraries for single-chain Alphabodies having detectable binding affinity for the protein of interest by iterative execution of the steps of contacting a protein of interest with a single-chain Alphabody library or with a mixture of single-chain Alphabody libraries as described herein and subsequently identifying from the single-chain Alphabody library or mixture of single-chain Alphabody libraries being contacted with the protein, the one or more single-chain Alphabodies having detectable binding affinity for the protein of interest.
The steps of selecting a single-chain Alphabody (or polypeptide) that has detectable in vitro activity by interacting with a target protein of interest typically comprise: a) contacting a library of single-chain Alphabodies (or polypeptides comprising said Alphabodies) or a mixture of single-chain Alphabody libraries with the an intracellular target molecule of interest, or a fragment thereof and
b) identifying from the library or mixture of libraries, the one or more single-chain Alphabodies or polypeptides having detectable in vitro activity on the intracellular target molecule of interest.
More particularly, an intracellular target molecule may be a membrane anchored receptor, a soluble receptor or a molecule comprising one or more ectodomains of said intracellular target molecule.
More particularly, in the present context, the effect on the activity of an intracellular target molecule or on the activity of an intracellular target molecule can be measured by ways known in the art. More specifically this involves determining the effect of the Alphabody or polypeptide on a known intracellular target-mediated effect in vitro.
It will be understood that the selection methods described herein can also be performed as screening methods. Accordingly the term 'selection' as used in the present description can comprise selection, screening or any suitable combination of selection and/or screening techniques.
[ISOLATION] In some cases, the methods for producing the Alphabody polypeptides binding specifically to an intracellular target protein of interest as envisaged herein may further comprise the step of isolating from the single-chain Alphabody or polypeptide library at least one single-chain Alphabody or polypeptide having detectable binding affinity for, or detectable in vitro activity on, an intracellular target molecule of interest.
These methods may further comprise the step of amplifying at least one single- chain Alphabody (polypeptide) having detectable binding affinity for, or detectable in vitro activity on, an intracellular target molecule of interest. For example, a phage clone displaying a particular single-chain Alphabody or polypeptide, obtained from a selection step of a method described herein, may be amplified by reinfection of a host bacteria and incubation in a growth medium.
In particular embodiments, these methods may encompass determining the sequence of the one or more Alphabodies or polypeptides capable of binding to an intracellular target molecule.
Where an Alphabody polypeptide sequence, comprised in a set, collection or library of Alphabody polypeptide sequences, is displayed on a suitable cell or phage or particle, it is possible to isolate from said cell or phage or particle, the nucleotide sequence that encodes that Alphabody polypeptide sequence. In this way, the nucleotide sequence of the selected Alphabody library member(s) can be determined by a routine sequencing method.
In further particular embodiments, the methods for producing an Alphabody polypeptide as envisaged herein comprise the step of expressing said nucleotide sequence(s) in a host organism under suitable conditions, so as to obtain the actual desired Alphabody polypeptide sequence(s). This step can be performed by methods known to the person skilled in the art.
In addition, the obtained Alphabody or polypeptide sequences having detectable binding affinity for, or detectable in vitro activity on, an intracellular target molecule of interest, may be synthesized as soluble protein construct, optionally after their sequence has been identified.
For instance, the Alphabodies or polypeptides obtained, obtainable or selected by the above methods can be synthesized using recombinant or chemical synthesis methods known in the art. Also, the Alphabodies or polypeptides obtained, obtainable or selected by the above methods can be produced by genetic engineering techniques. Thus, methods for synthesizing the Alphabodies or polypeptides obtained, obtainable or selected by the above methods may comprise transforming or infecting a host cell with a nucleic acid or a vector encoding an Alphabody or polypeptide sequence having detectable binding affinity for, or detectable in vitro activity on, an intracellular target molecule of interest. Accordingly, the Alphabody or polypeptide sequences having detectable binding affinity for, or detectable in vitro activity on, an intracellular target molecule of interest can be made by recombinant DNA methods. DNA encoding the Alphabodies or polypeptides can be readily synthesized using conventional procedures. Once prepared, the DNA can be introduced into expression vectors, which can then be transformed or transfected into host cells such as E. coli or any suitable expression system, in order to obtain the expression of Alphabodies or polypeptides in the recombinant host cells and/or in the medium in which these recombinant host cells reside.
It should be understood, as known by someone skilled in the art of protein expression and purification, that the Alphabody or polypeptide produced from an expression vector using a suitable expression system may be tagged (typically at the N- terminal or C-terminal end of the Alphabody) with e.g. a His-tag or other sequence tag for easy purification.
Transformation or transfection of nucleic acids or vectors into host cells may be accomplished by a variety of means known to the person skilled in the art including calcium phosphate-DNA co-precipitation, DEAE-dextran-mediated transfection, polybrene- mediated transfection, electroporation, microinjection, liposome fusion, lipofection, protoplast fusion, retroviral infection, and biolistics.
Suitable host cells for the expression of the desired Alphabodies or polypeptides may be any eukaryotic or prokaryotic cell (e.g., bacterial cells such as E. coli, yeast cells, mammalian cells, avian cells, amphibian cells, plant cells, fish cells, and insect cells), whether located in vitro or in vivo. For example, host cells may be located in a transgenic animal.
Thus, the application also provides methods for the production of Alphabodies or polypeptides having detectable binding affinity for, or detectable in vitro activity on, an intracellular target molecule of interest comprising transforming, transfecting or infecting a host cell with nucleic acid sequences or vectors encoding such Alphabodies and expressing the Alphabodies under suitable conditions. [SEQUENCE RATIONALIZATION AND DEDICATED LIBRARY SCREENING]
The methods for the production of one or more target-specific polypeptides may optionally comprise further steps or methods for improving or optimizing the binding specificity and/or efficacy of the target-specific polypeptides.
In particular embodiments, the methods for the production of one or more target- binding polypeptides, may further be followed by steps or methods involving the rationalization of the obtained or produced Alphabody polypeptide sequences. Such a sequence rationalization process may include the identification or determination of particular amino acid residues, amino acid residue positions, stretches, motifs or patterns that are conserved between or among different Alphabodies or polypeptides against a specific target molecule of interest that have been produced using the methods described herein. Accordingly, this rationalization process can be conducted by comparing different produced Alphabody or polypeptide sequences that are specific for a certain target molecule or protein of interest and identifying the sequence coherence between these sequences. Such a process can be optionally supported or performed by using techniques for molecular modeling, interactive ligand docking or biostatistical data mining.
The particular amino acid residues, amino acid residue positions, stretches, motifs or patterns that are identified as being conserved between or among different Alphabody structures against a specific target molecule of interest may be considered as contributing to the binding or activity of the target-specific Alphabodies.
In particular embodiments, the process of sequence rationalization as described above may further be followed by the creation of a new library of Alphabody sequences starting from the set of different Alphabody sequences that have been identified as being specific for a target molecule of interest and that have been produced using the methods described herein. In such a so-called, 'dedicated library' the set of different Alphabody sequences that have been identified as being specific for a certain target molecule of interest, the different Alphabody sequences are varied in a defined set of variegated amino acid residue positions. This defined set of variegated amino acid residue positions corresponds to those positions outside the positions where the amino acid residues, stretches, motifs or patterns are located that are conserved between or among different target-binding Alphabodies. The Alphabody libraries so obtained are referred to as 'dedicated libraries' of Alphabodies. These dedicated libraries are then again screened to identify the best target-binding Alphabody. Thus, in the production of such dedicated libraries of Alphabody sequences, the amino acid residues, stretches, motifs or patterns that are conserved between or among different Alphabodies are kept constant during the production process of the library. From such dedicated libraries, Alphabody sequences having an improved or optimized binding specificity for and/or in vitro activity on the target molecule of interest may be identified and optionally isolated.
In particular embodiments, the process of sequence rationalization as described above may further be followed by the creation of a new library of Alphabody sequences starting from the set of different Alphabody sequences that have been identified as being specific for a target molecule of interest and that have been produced using the methods envisaged herein. In such a so-called, 'spiked library' the set of different Alphabody sequences that have been identified as being specific for a certain target molecule of interest, the different Alphabody sequences are varied by introducing at a limited number of randomly chosen positions, random amino acid substitutions. As is known by a person skilled in the art of library generation, error-prone PCR is a convenient method to generate 'spiked libraries', This can also be conveniently accomplished by a direct DNA synthesis method using spiked oligonucleotides as is known to someone skilled in the art of DNA synthesis.
Accordingly, the methods for the production of one or more target-binding polypeptides, may further, after the identification of two or more target-binding Alphabodies from a random library, comprise the steps of:
- comparing the produced Alphabody sequences that bind the target protein of interest,
- identifying the amino acid residues, amino acid residue positions, stretches, motifs or patterns that are conserved between or among these different Alphabody sequences, and: - starting from at least one of the two or more Alphabody sequences compared, producing a spiked library wherein the library comprises different Alphabody or polypeptide sequences that are variegated at a limited number of randomly chosen positions, or, producing a dedicated library wherein the library comprises different Alphabody or polypeptide sequences that are variegated in a set of amino acid positions which are not the amino acid residues, amino acid residue positions, stretches, motifs or patterns that are conserved between or among the different target-binding Alphabody sequences, - selecting and/or identifying from the random library those Alphabody or polypeptide sequences having an improved or optimized binding specificity for and/or in vitro activity on the target molecule of interest, and optionally
- isolating these Alphabody or polypeptide sequences having an improved or optimized binding specificity for and/or in vitro activity on the target molecule of interest.
It will be understood that the steps involved in the methods for producing a dedicated or a spiked library and selecting, identifying and isolating Alphabody or polypeptide sequences having an improved or optimized binding specificity for and/or in vitro activity on the target molecule of interest, as described above, may be performed in a similar manner as described for the corresponding steps of the methods for producing target-binding Alphabodies or polypeptides.
As further described herein, the total number of amino acid residues in a Alphabody structure present within a polypeptide envisaged herein can be in the range of about 50 to about 210, depending mainly on the number of heptads per heptad repeat sequence and the length of the flexible linkers interconnecting the heptad repeat sequences. Parts, fragments, analogs or derivatives of a polypeptide or composition provided herein are not particularly limited as to their length and/or size, as long as such parts, fragments, analogs or derivatives still have the biological function of the polypeptide or composition from which they are derived and can still be used for the envisaged (pharmacological) purposes.
It should be remarked that directed evolution methods (such as DNA shuffling methods) may also be employed in building Alphabody libraries starting from one or more different Alphabody sequences that have been identified as being specific for a target molecule of interest. Such 'directed evolution' libraries can also be subjected to the selection and/or the identification of those Alphabody sequences having an improved or optimized binding specificity for and/or in vitro activity on the target molecule of interest.
[METHODS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF ALPHABODIES BASED ON MIMICRY]
In an alternative embodiment, methods are provided for the production of polypeptides having detectable binding affinity for, or inhibitory activity on intracellular target molecules, based on mimicry. It will be understood that the grafting of a specific target-binding site of an Alphabody structure can be performed either before or after the cell penetrating properties have been introduced. Thus, it will be understood that the steps described for the methods herein below can be performed on an Alphabody structure per se or on a polypeptide comprising or consisting of such an Alphabody structure. In particular such methods for the generation of target specific Alphabody structures comprise at least the steps of:
(a) the identification of the Alphabody helix that is to be elected for the mimicry of at least part of the binding site of a ligand that binds to that target molecule of interest, and
(b) the determination of the segment in the particular Alphabody alpha-helix that is used for the mimicry of said binding site of said ligand that binds to that target molecule of interest.
This process is disclosed in detail in published international patent application
WO2012/093013 in the name of Complix NV.
[PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS]
In yet a further aspect, pharmaceutical compositions are provided comprising one or more polypeptides and/or nucleic acid sequences as envisaged herein and optionally at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier (also referred to herein as pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein). According to certain particular embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein may further optionally comprise at least one other pharmaceutically active compound.
The pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein can be used in the diagnosis, prevention and/or treatment of diseases and disorders associated with intracellular target molecules of interest. In particular, the application provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more polypeptides as envisaged herein that are suitable for prophylactic, therapeutic and/or diagnostic use in a warm-blooded animal, and in particular in a mammal, and more in particular in a human being.
Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising and one or more polypeptides as envisaged herein that can be used for veterinary purposes in the prevention and/or treatment of one or more diseases, disorders or conditions associated with and/or mediated by intracellular target molecules of interest, such as an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins.
Generally, for pharmaceutical use, the polypeptides as envisaged herein may be formulated as a pharmaceutical preparation or compositions comprising at least one Alphabody or polypeptide as envisaged herein and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient and/or adjuvant, and optionally one or more further pharmaceutically active polypeptides and/or compounds. Such a formulation may be suitable for oral, parenteral, topical administration or for administration by inhalation. Thus, the Alphabodies, or polypeptides as envisaged herein and/or the compositions comprising the same can for example be administered orally, intraperitoneally, intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly, transdermally, topically, by means of a suppository, by inhalation, again depending on the specific pharmaceutical formulation or composition to be used. The clinician will be able to select a suitable route of administration and a suitable pharmaceutical formulation or composition to be used in such administration.
The pharmaceutical compositions may also contain suitable binders, disintegrating agents, sweetening agents or flavoring agents. Tablets, pills, or capsules may be coated for instance with gelatin, wax or sugar and the like. In addition, the Alphabodies and polypeptides envisaged herein may be incorporated into sustained-release preparations and devices.
The pharmaceutical dosage forms suitable for injection or infusion can include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions or sterile powders comprising the active ingredient which are adapted for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable or infusible solutions or dispersions, optionally encapsulated in liposomes. In all cases, the ultimate dosage form must be sterile, fluid and stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage. The liquid carrier or vehicle can be a solvent or liquid dispersion medium comprising, for example, water, ethanol, a polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and the like), vegetable oils, nontoxic glyceryl esters, and suitable mixtures thereof. Antibacterial and antifungal agents and the like can optionally be added.
Useful dosages of the polypeptides as envisaged herein can be determined by determining their in vitro activity, and/or in vivo activity in animal models. Methods for the extrapolation of effective dosages in mice, and other animals, to humans are known to the skilled person.
The amount of the polypeptides as envisaged herein required for use in prophylaxis and/or treatment may vary not only with the particular Alphabody or polypeptide selected but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition being treated and the age and condition of the patient and will be ultimately at the discretion of the attendant physician or clinician. Also the dosage of the Alphabodies and polypeptides envisaged herein may vary depending on the target cell, tumor, tissue, graft, or organ.
The polypeptides as envisaged herein and/or the compositions comprising the same are administered according to a regimen of treatment that is suitable for preventing and/or treating the disease or disorder to be prevented or treated. The clinician will generally be able to determine a suitable treatment regimen. Generally, the treatment regimen will comprise the administration of one or more polypeptides, or of one or more compositions comprising the same, in one or more pharmaceutically effective amounts or doses.
The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses (which can again be sub-dosed) administered at appropriate intervals. An administration regimen could include long-term (i.e., at least two weeks, and for example several months or years) or daily treatment.
The polypeptides as envisaged herein will be administered in an amount which will be determined by the medical practitioner based inter alia on the severity of the condition and the patient to be treated. Typically, for each disease indication an optical dosage will be determined specifying the amount to be administered per kg body weight per day, either continuously (e.g. by infusion), as a single daily dose or as multiple divided doses during the day. The clinician will generally be able to determine a suitable daily dose, depending on the factors mentioned herein. It will also be clear that in specific cases, the clinician may choose to deviate from these amounts, for example on the basis of the factors cited above and his expert judgment.
In particular, the polypeptides as envisaged herein may be used in combination with other pharmaceutically active compounds or principles that are or can be used for the prevention and/or treatment of the diseases and disorders cited herein, as a result of which a synergistic effect may or may not be obtained. Examples of such compounds and principles, as well as routes, methods and pharmaceutical formulations or compositions for administering them will be clear to the clinician. [PROPHYLACTIC, THERAPEUTIC AND/OR DIAGNOSTIC APPLICATIONS]
According to a further aspect, the use of the polypeptides as envisaged herein that specifically bind to an intracellular target of interest is provided for the preparation of a medicament for the prevention and/or treatment of at least one intracellular target- mediated disease and/or disorder in which said intracellular target molecule is involved. Accordingly, the application provides polypeptides and pharmaceutical compositions specifically binding to an intracellular target, such as but not limited to an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins, for use in the prevention and/or treatment of at least one intracellular target-mediated disease and/or disorder in which said intracellular target molecule is involved. In particular embodiments, methods for the prevention and/or treatment of at least one intracellular target-mediated disease and/or disorder are also provided, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a pharmaceutically active amount of one or more polypeptides and/or pharmaceutical compositions as envisaged herein. In particular, the pharmaceutically active amount may be an amount that is sufficient (to create a level of the polypeptide in circulation) to inhibit, prevent or decrease (or in the case of agonistic Alphabodies and polypeptides as envisaged herein: enhance, promote or increase) intracellular targets, such as but not limited to an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins, or their biological or pharmacological activity and/or the biological pathways or signalling in which they are involved.
The subject or patient to be treated with the polypeptides described herein may be any warm-blooded animal, but is in particular a mammal, and more in particular a human suffering from, or at risk of, diseases and disorders in which the intracellular target molecules to which the polypeptides as described herein specifically bind to are involved.
The efficacy of the polypeptides described herein, and of compositions comprising the same, can be tested using any suitable in vitro assay, cell-based assay, in vivo assay and/or animal model known per se, or any combination thereof, depending on the specific disease or disorder involved. Suitable assays and animal models will be clear to the skilled person.
Depending on the intracellular target involved, the skilled person will generally be able to select a suitable in vitro assay, cellular assay or animal model to test the polypeptides described herein for binding to the intracellular target molecule or for their capacity to affect the activity of these intracellular target molecules, and/or the biological mechanisms in which these are involved; as well as for their therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect in respect of one or more diseases and disorders that are associate with an intracellular target molecule.
Accordingly, polypeptides are provided comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody that is capable of being internalized in a cell and specifically binds to an intracellular target molecule that is biologically active within the cell for use as a medicament, and more particularly for use in a method for the treatment of a disease or disorder chosen from the group consisting of cancer, infectious diseases, hematopoietic diseases, metabolic diseases, immune diseases, neurological disorders, proliferative disorders, cardiovascular diseases and inflammatory diseases. In particular embodiments, the polypeptides envisaged herein are used to treat, prevent, and/or diagnose cancers and neoplastic conditions. Examples of cancers or neoplastic conditions include, but are not limited to, a fibrosarcoma, myosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, synovioma, mesothelioma, Ewing's tumor, leiomyosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, rectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, uterine cancer, cancer of the head and neck, skin cancer, brain cancer, squamous cell carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, medullary carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hepatoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilm's tumor, cervical cancer, testicular cancer, small cell lung carcinoma, non-small cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, epithelial carcinoma, glioma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, hemangioblastoma, acoustic neuroma, oligodendroglioma, meningioma, melanoma, neuroblastoma, retinoblastoma, leukemia, lymphoma, or Kaposi sarcoma.
The polypeptides as envisaged herein can also be used to treat a variety of proliferative disorders. Examples of proliferative disorders include hematopoietic neoplastic disorders and cellular proliferative and/or differentiative disorders, such as but not limited to, epithelial hyperplasia, sclerosing adenosis, and small duct papillomas; tumors, e.g., stromal tumors such as fibroadenoma, phyllodes tumor, and sarcomas, and epithelial tumors such as large duct papilloma; carcinoma of the breast including in situ (noninvasive) carcinoma that includes ductal carcinoma in situ (including Paget's disease) and lobular carcinoma in situ, and invasive (infiltrating) carcinoma including, but not limited to, invasive ductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid (mucinous) carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and invasive papillary carcinoma, miscellaneous malignant neoplasms, gynecomastia carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, including paraneoplastic syndromes, bronchioloalveolar carcinoma, neuroendocrine tumors, such as bronchial carcinoid, miscellaneous tumors, and metastatic tumors; pathologies of the pleura, including inflammatory pleural effusions, noninflammatory pleural effusions, pneumothorax, and pleural tumors, including solitary fibrous tumors (pleural fibroma), malignant mesothelioma, non-neoplastic polyps, adenomas, familial syndromes, colorectal carcinogenesis, colorectal carcinoma, carcinoid tumors, nodular hyperplasias, adenomas, and malignant tumors, including primary carcinoma of the liver and metastatic tumors, tumors of coelomic epithelium, serous tumors, mucinous tumors, endometrioid tumors, clear cell adenocarcinoma, cystadenofibroma, Brenner tumor, surface epithelial tumors; germ cell tumors such as mature (benign) teratomas, monodermal teratomas, immature malignant teratomas, dysgerminoma, endodermal sinus tumor, choriocarcinoma; sex cord-stomal tumors such as, granulosa-theca cell tumors, thecomafibromas, androblastomas, hill cell tumors, and gonadoblastoma; and metastatic tumors such as Krukenberg tumors.
The polypeptides as envisaged herein can also be used to treat a variety of immune disorders, such as but not limited to an inflammatory disease or disorder, or an autoimmune disease or disorder.
The polypeptides as envisaged herein can further be used to treat hematopoietic disorders or diseases including, without limitation, autoimmune diseases (including, for example, diabetes mellitus, arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis), multiple sclerosis, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis, dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis), psoriasis, Sjogren's Syndrome, Crohn's disease, aphthous ulcer, iritis, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions, erythema nodosum leprosum, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic bilateral progressive sensorineural hearing, loss, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, Wegener's granulomatosis, chronic active hepatitis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, lichen planus, Graves' disease, sarcoidosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, and interstitial lung fibrosis), graft-versus-host disease, cases of transplantation, and allergy .
The polypeptides as envisaged herein can also be used to treat cardiovascular disorders (e.g., inflammatory disorders) including, but not limited to, atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction, stroke, thrombosis, aneurism, heart failure, ischemic heart disease, angina pectoris, sudden cardiac death, hypertensive heart disease; non-coronary vessel disease, such as arteriolosclerosis, small vessel disease, nephropathy, hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, hyperlipidemia, xanthomatosis, asthma, hypertension, emphysema and chronic pulmonary disease; or a cardiovascular condition associated with interventional procedures ('procedural vascular trauma'), such as restenosis following angioplasty, placement of a shunt, stent, synthetic or natural excision grafts, indwelling catheter, valve or other implantable devices.
The polypeptides described herein can further be used to treat a human, at risk for or afflicted with a neurological disease or disorder including but not limited to Alzheimer Disease or Parkinson Disease, Huntington disease, dentatorubral pallidoluysian atrophy or a spinocerebellar ataxia, e.g., SCAI, SCA2, SCA3 (Machado-Joseph disease), SCA7 or SCA8, ALS, multiple sclerosis, epilepsy, Down's Syndrome, Dutch Type Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage Amyloidosis, Reactive Amyloidosis, Familial Amyloid Nephropathy with Urticaria and Deafness, Muckle-Wells Syndrome, Idiopathic Myeloma; Macroglobulinemia- Associated Myeloma, Familial Amyloid Polyneuropathy, Familial Amyloid Cardiomyopathy, Isolated Cardiac Amyloid, Systemic Senile Amyloidosis, Adult Onset Diabetes, Insulinoma, Isolated Atrial Amyloid, Medullary Carcinoma of the Thyroid, Familial Amyloidosis, Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage With Amyloidosis, Familial Amyloidotic Polyneuropathy, Scrapie, Creutzfeldt-Jacob Disease, Gerstmann Straussler- Scheinker Syndrome, and Bovine Spongiform Encephalitis, a prion-mediated disease.
The above disclosure will now be further described by means of the following non- limiting Examples and Figures, in which the figures show: Legends to the Figures
Figure 1 : Sequence of the MCL-1 binding Alphabodies.
Shown are the aligned sequences of scAB-013 (SEQ ID NO: 24), a reference Alphabody, and the designed Alphabodies MCL1 -AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 1 ), MCL-AB2 (SEQ ID NO: 2) and MCL-AB3 (SEQ ID NO: 3) by the methods described herein. Residues grafted from Protein Data Bank (PDB) entry 3MK8 are shown in white on a black background. Boxed residues denote substitutions in the Alphabody's helices to promote or accommodate binding to MCL-1. The sequences are shown as aligned fragments, each set of fragments corresponding to 'Helix A, 'Loop 1 ', 'Helix B', 'Loop 2' and 'Helix C of the Alphabodies, respectively. The full sequences are single polypeptide sequence consisting of these fragments in the order as shown.
Figure 2: Sequence IDs and associated sequences of MCL-1 binding Alphabodies.
SEQ ID NO: 1 , SEQ ID NO: 2 and SEQ ID NO: 3 correspond to the Alphabody amino acid sequences of respectively MCL-AB1 , MCL1-AB2 and MCL1-AB3.
Figure 3: Binding of Alphabody polypeptides KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4), VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) and tat-013 (SEQ ID NO: 25) to spotted MCL-1 cell lysate. The binding of the Alphabodies was detected using an HRP conjugated anti-His antibody. KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 , VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 are CPP5-tagged MCL1-AB1 Alphabodies and tat-tagged control Alphabody scAB013.
Figure 4: Intracellular uptake of 0.5 microM tat-013 (SEQ ID NO: 25) (panel A), KLPVM- MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) (panel B) and VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) (panel C) after 2 h incubation with human T cell leukemia cells (MT4). The Alphabody was visualized using rabbit anti-serum and an Alexa488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti-rabbit Ab). The nucleus was stained with DAPI. In each panel the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel), the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light), the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel) and the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody).
Figure 5: Intracellular uptake of 0.5 microM tat-013 (SEQ ID NO: 25) (panel A), KLPVM- MCL1_AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) (panel B) and VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) (panel C) after 2 h incubation with human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). The Alphabody was visualized using rabbit anti-serum and a Alexa488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti-rabbit Ab). The nucleus was stained with DAPI. In each panel the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel), the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light), the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel) and the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody).
Figure 6: Intracellular uptake of 10, 20 and 50 microM KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) after 12 h incubation with human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). The Alphabody was visualized using rabbit anti-serum and a Alexa488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti-rabbit Ab). The nucleus was stained with DAPI. In each panel the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel), the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light), the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel) and the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody).
Figure 7: Intracellular uptake of 10, 20 and 50 microM VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) after 12 h incubation with human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). The Alphabody was visualized using rabbit anti-serum and a Alexa488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti-rabbit Ab). The nucleus was stained with DAPI. In each panel the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel), the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light), the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel) and the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody).
Figure 8: Apoptosis observed after 12 h incubation of 50 microM KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) (panel A) and VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) (panel B) in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). The Alphabody was visualized using rabbit anti-serum and a Alexa488 conjugated secondary antibody (goat anti-rabbit Ab). The nucleus was stained with DAPI. In panel A and B the first image shows the nucleus staining (blue channel), the second image shows the morphology of the analyzed cells (visible light), the third image shows the Alphabody staining (green channel) and the last image is a merged image of the three previous images (nucleus staining, cellular morphology and intracellular Alphabody). The effects of 50 microM CPP5 Alphabodies on U87.MG cell morphology are shown in Panel C.
Figure 9: Apoptosis induced by KLPVM-MCL1_AB1 (KLPVM) (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 (VPTLK) (SEQ ID NO: 7) Alphabodies in the human glioblastoma cell line U87.MG after 16 h incubation with different concentrations of Alphabodies (5, 10, 20 and 40 microM) in absence (Figure 9A) and presence (Figure 9B) of 400 ng/ml TRAIL. Apoptosis was defined as the percentage of Annexin V positive cells corresponding to early apoptotic events (light colour bars) and the percentage of Annexin V and PI positive cells corresponding to late apoptotic events (dark color bars with border). The non-treated cells (Figure 9A) and TRAIL treated cells only (TRAIL) (Figure 9B) correspond to the negative controls. Figure 9A represents the mean values of 2 experiments with standard deviations.
Figure 10: Apoptosis induced by KLPVM-MCL1_AB1 (KLPVM) (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 (VPTLK) (SEQ ID NO: 7) Alphabodies in the human T cell line MT4 after 17 h incubation with different concentrations of Alphabodies (5, 10, 20, 40 and 50 microM) in absence (Figure 10A) and presence (Figure 10B) of 400 ng/ml TRAIL. Apoptosis was defined as the percentage of Annexin V positive cells corresponding to early apoptotic events (light colour bars) and the percentage of Annexin V and PI positive cells corresponding to late apoptotic events (dark color bars with border). The non-treated cells (Figure 10A) and TRAIL treated cells only (TRAIL) (Figure 10B) correspond to the negative controls. Data represent the mean values of 2 experiments with standard deviations.
Figure 11 : Bi-variant dot plot of PI (PerCP-Cy5-5-A) versus Annexin V (APC-A) and histogram of the Annexin V distribution of the PI negative cell population of non-treated human glioblastoma cells U87.MG (panel A), cells treated with 50 microM KPLVM- MCL1_AB1 in absence of TRAIL (panel B) and cells treated with 20 microM KLPVM- MCL1_AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) in presence of 400 ng/ml TRAIL (panel C).
Figure 12: Bi-variant dot plot of PI (PerCP-Cy5-5-A) versus Annexin V (APC-A) and histogram of the Annexin V distribution of the PI negative cell population of non-treated human glioblastoma cells U87.MG (panel A), cells treated with 50 microM VPTLK- MCL1_AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) in absence of TRAIL (panel B) and cells treated with 20 microM VPTLK-MCL1_AB1 in presence of 400 ng/ml TRAIL (panel C).
Figure 13: Sequence of Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5. Arginine decoration is shown in bold and C-terminal V5 tag is shown underlined. The sequence is shown as fragments, labeled 'Helix A, 'Loop 1 ', 'Helix B', 'Loop 2', 'Helix C, 'His-tag' and 'V5-tag', respectively, to distinguish between different structural elements. The full MB23_hiR-V5 sequence is a single polypeptide sequence consisting of these fragments in the order as shown.
Figure 14: Intracellular uptake of two-fold dilutions of cationized MB23_hiR-V5 starting at 312 nM to 1.2 nM in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). Alphabody was incubated 2 h in presence of 10% serum with cells at 37°C. After PBS washing, fixing and permeabilizing cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI. Control images (ctrl) correspond to the same experimental conditions without Alphabody. Images correspond to superposed images of slices of 1 μηι of the recorded Z- stacks. Figure 15: Intracellular uptake of 625 nM non-cationized MB23-V5 and cationized MB23_hiR-V5 in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). Alphabody was incubated 2 h in presence of 10% serum with cells at 37°C. After PBS washing, fixing and permeabilizing cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI. Images correspond to the image of a 1 μηι slice of the recorded Z-stacks.
Figure 16: Intracellular uptake of 78 nM cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) in 4 different cell lines (A: human glioblastoma - (U87.MG), B: pancreatic cancer- (BxPC3), C: non small cell lung cancer- (H1437) and D: human liposarcoma (SW872) cells). Alphabody was incubated 2 h in presence of 10% serum with cells at 37°C. After PBS washing, fixing and permeabilizing cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI. Images correspond to the image of a 1 μηι slice of the recorded Z-stacks.
Figure 17: Intracellular uptake of 500 nM cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). Alphabody was incubated for different time periods with cells in presence of 10% serum at 37°C. After heparin (100 Units/ml) washing, fixing and permeabilizing the cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI. Images correspond to single cell images of a 1 μηι slice of the recorded Z-stacks.
Figure 18: Sequence of Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16). Arg /Lys decoration is shown in bold and C- terminal V5 tag is shown underlined.
Figure 19: Intracellular uptake of different concentrations (10nM, 20 nM, 40 nM, 78 nM, 156 nM and 312 nM) AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB 1 _A2a F_h i K R3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). Alphabody was incubated 2 h in presence of 10% serum with cells at 37°C. After PBS washing, fixing and permeabilizing cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI. Images correspond the image of a 1 μηι slice of the recorded Z-stacks.
Figure 20: Kinetics of intracellular uptake of 500 nM AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). Alphabody was incubated for 180 min, 120 min, 60 min, 30 min, 15 min, 7.5 min and 3.5 min in presence of 10% serum with cells at 37°C. After heparin (100 Units/ml) washing, fixing and permeabilizing cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti- mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI. Images correspond to one slice of 1 μηι of the recorded Z-stacks.
Figure 21 : Cell viability of human T cell leukemia cells (MT4) in presence of serial dilutions of Alphabody. Cell viability was measured after 48 h treatment with Alphabodies. Data correspond to mean values ± SD of triplicates. Cell viability was expressed as percentage relative to non-treated control cells.
Figure 22: Cell viability of human T cell leukemia cells (Jurkat) in presence of serial dilutions of Alphabody. Cell viability was measured after 48 h treatment with Alphabodies. Data correspond to mean values ± SD of triplicates. Cell viability was expressed as percentage relative to non-treated control cells.
Figure 23: Cell viability of PBMC in presence of serial dilutions of Alphabody. Cell viability was measured after 48 h treatment with Alphabodies. Data correspond to mean values ± SD of triplicates. Cell viability was expressed as percentage relative to non-treated control cells.
Figure 24: Sequence of cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 with C-terminal His-tag and V5 tag (SEQ ID NO: 10). Arginine/lysine decoration is shown in bold and N-terminal V5 tag is shown underlined. The sequence is shown as fragments, labeled 'Helix A, 'Loop 1 ', 'Helix B', 'Loop 2', 'Helix C, 'His-tag' and V5-tag', respectively, to distinguish between different structural elements. The full AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 sequence is a single polypeptide sequence consisting of these fragments in the order as shown.
Figure 25: Binding of recombinant BCL-2 family proteins to Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3- V5. Alphabody (500 nM) was captured by immobilized anti-V5 antibody (5 microg/ml) to a microtiterplate. Binding of five-fold dilutions of Glutathione S transferase (GST)- tagged recombinant BCL-2 family proteins MCL-1 , BCL-XL and BCL-2a was detected using a anti-GST antibody conjugated to Horse Radish Peroxidase. Plates were read at 492 nm and 630 nm. Figure 26: Binding of recombinant BCL-2 family proteins to Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3- V5, AB 1 _A2a F_h i K R3-V5 and MB23_hiR-V5. Alphabody (500 nM) was captured by immobilized anti-V5 antibody (5 microg/ml) to a microtiterplate. Binding of five-fold dilutions of Glutathione S transferase (GST)- tagged recombinant BCL-2 family proteins MCL-1 (Figure 26A), BCL-XL (Figure 26B) and BCL-2a (Figure 26C) was detected using a anti- GST antibody conjugated to Horse Radish Peroxidase. Plates were read at 492 nm and 630 nm. Figure 27: Cell viability of human T cell leukemia cells (MT4) in presence of serial dilutions of Alphabodies AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 and MB23_hiR-V5. Cell viability was measured after 48 h treatment with Alphabodies. Data correspond to mean values ± SD of triplicates. Cell viability was expressed as percentage relative to non-treated control cells. EXAMPLES
I. INTRODUCTION
Many molecules acting intracellular^ have been identified as being potentially interesting targets for therapeutic applications. Among those, the proteins involved in the process of apoptosis form an important class of intracellular target molecules. As described recently (Quinn et al., Expert Opinion, 2011 , 20: 1397-1411 ; Akgul, Cell. Mol. Life. Sci. 2009, 66:1326-1336 and references cited therein), it is well known that apoptosis is a key process for maintenance of cellular homeostasis in an organism. Apoptosis can occur by two interrelated pathways: the extrinsic and intrinsic pathways of apoptosis. The extrinsic pathway involves the activation of cell surface death receptors (Fas, TNFR) by extracellular ligands such as FasL or TNF. The intrinsic pathway, which can be initiated by a variety of stress signals, involves permeabilization of the outer membrane of mitochondria, which leads to cytochrome c release leading to additional steps in the apoptosis process, involving the cleavage and activation of caspase-9 and, finally cell death.
It is furthermore well known that the members of the BCL-2 family of proteins (also noted as Bcl-2 family of proteins) are the main proteins involved in the regulation and control of apoptotic processes. The BCL-2 family of proteins includes both pro-apoptotic members as well as anti-apoptotic members. This family of proteins is named after BCL-2, the founding member of this family of proteins which was discovered in studies on B-cell lymphoma. Based on structural and functional properties, the BCL-2 family of proteins are typically divided into three subgroups: two subgroups of pro-apoptotic BCL-2 members and one subgroup of anti-apoptotic BCL-2 members.
The anti-apoptotic subgroup includes the members BCL-2, BCL-2a, MCL-1 , BCL- w, BCL-XL and BFL-1/A1 (these proteins are also sometimes noted in lower-case notation, Bcl-2, Mcl-1 , Bcl-w, Bcl-xL, Bfl-1/A1 ). These proteins act as survival factors by binding or capturing a critical apoptosis inducing domain of pro-apoptotic BCL-2 family members (Stewart et al., Nature Chemical Biology, 2010, 6, 595-601 ). This domain is known as the BCL-2 homology domain 3 (BH3). Anti-apoptotic proteins have along their surface a hydrophobic binding region that engages BH3 alpha-helices (Sattler et al., Science, 1997, 275: 983-986). Whereas BCL-2, BCL-XL and BCL-W contain four BH (BCL-2 homology) domains (noted as BH1 , BH2, BH3 and BH4), MCL-1 and BFL-1/A1 lack a well-defined BH4 domain.
One of the two pro-apoptotic subgroups contains Bax and Bak (also noted in upper case as BAX and BAK) which have multiple BH (BCL-2 homology) domains (BH1 , BH2 and BH3). Members of the other pro-apoptotic subgroup (including BAD, BID, BIM, NOXA, PUMA) contain only BH3 domains and are hence called BH3-only proteins.
The anti-apoptotic members of the BCL-2 family play an important role in tumor cell survival and can be considered as valuable targets for the treatment of cancer. Indeed, these survival proteins are expressed in a broad range of human cancers. For example, MCL-1 has been reported to be overexpressed in many cancer types (breast, ovarian, renal, prostate, melanoma, pancreatic, hepatocellular carcinoma, head and neck, multiple myeloma, colon, lung, leukemia and lymphoma) (Quinn et al., Expert Opinion, 201 1 , 20: 1397-141 ).
Consequently, there is an important interest in drug discovery related to the development of BH3 mimics to block anti-apoptotic proteins.
For example, ABT-737 is a BH3-mimic that binds to BCL-2, BCL-XL and BCL-w but not to MCL-1 or BFL-1/A1 (Lee et al, Cell Death and Differentiation (2007), 14, 171 1 - 1719). This difference in recognition can be explained by differences in the binding groove, where it is known that the MCL-1 binding groove is more electropositive than the other anti-apoptotic proteins.
Also, hydrocarbon stapled peptides mimicking a BH3 alpha-helix have been produced thereby aiming at optimizing affinity and preserving the binding selectivity. Such approach was recently worked out by Stewart et al. (Nature Chemical Biology, 2010, 6, 595-601 ) who derived from the anti-apoptotic MCL-1 BH3 helix an exclusive MCL-1 inhibitor.
However, these stapled peptides generally suffer from the fact that only an intermediate level of alpha-helicity is observed (e.g. 36% alpha-helicity was noted for the doubly stapled SAH-gp41626-662 peptide (Bird et al, PNAS..2010, 107, 14093-14098)); and that the required stapling between helical turns is an artifact which itself may have an unpredictable effect on biological activity.
In the following examples it is described how Alphabodies were designed that mimic the BH3 domain of MCL-1 and bind to MCL-1 aiming at blocking the MCL-1 interactions with pro-apoptotic proteins to drive cancer/tumor cells to a programmed cell death.
II. MCL-1 TARGETING ALPHABODIES CONJUGATED TO CELL PENETRATING PEPTIDES
Example 1. Design of MCL-1 binding Alphabodies
The design work used the crystal structure of the complex of MCL-1 (residues 172- 327) with a stapled peptide, representing BH3 alpha-helix. Based on this crystal structure (PDB code 3MK8), an Alphabody was designed to bind to MCL-1 , much in the same way as MCL-1 SAHB does.
The Alphabody B-helix was chosen to mimic the MCL-1 BH3 alpha-helix, initial fitting operations suggested that in this binding mode the full Alphabody was best compatible with the MCL-1 binding groove.
The alpha-helical segment in the BH3 alpha-helix was a segment of length 8 with sequence LRRVGDGV (SEQ ID NO: 28) comprising the highly conserved BH3 elements as described by Stewart et al. (Nat. Chem. Biol., 2010, 6:595-601 ) that mediate binding to the anti-apoptotic protein MCL-1. The corresponding segment in the B-chain of the pdb 3MK8 structure was used for all superimposition or fit operations where also the surrounding MCL-1 protein was taken into account to judge the compatibility of the fit. It was seen that the optimal fit was realized by superimposing segment B9-B16 on residues B2f-B3f in the reference Alphabody scAB013 where we have used, for convenience, a heptad numbering scheme for the Alphabodies. More precisely, the segment B2f-B3f contains the following positions B2f, B2g, B3a, B3b, B3c, B3d, B3e, B3f (note B stands for the second alpha-helix of the Alphabody, the number 2 or 3 denotes the heptad number, and the lower case characters denote each of the seven heptad positions).
Three Alphabodies were designed to bind to MCL-1 and mimic the BH3 alpha-helix segment with sequence LRRVGDGV (SEQ ID NO: 28). These Alphabodies are presented below. The sequences of these Alphabodies together with the sequence of the reference Alphabody scAB-013 that was used to design these Alphabodies are shown in Figure 1.
MCL1-AB1
From the 3MK8 structure, 6 positions in the Alphabody B helix were chosen for grafting: B2fl_, B2gR, B3bV, B3cG, B3dD and B3fV. The corresponding positions and sequences are highlighted in Figure 1.
A number of additional substitutions were introduced to optimize either the interaction with MCL-1 or to accommodate the Alphabody residues binding to MCL-1 , as boxed in Figure 1.
More specifically, A3eE and B1 eT were introduced to favor the interaction with Lys234 on MCL-1. Note that A3eE should be read as Glutamic acid (in one letter notation, E) at the e- heptad position in the third heptad of the first helix of the Alphabody. Similarly, B1 eT denotes Threonine (T in one letter notation) at the e-heptad position of the first heptad in the second helix.
In the C-helix, the N-terminal methionine to glycine mutation and the C1gS mutation were chosen to prevent a steric clash with MCL-1. C2gE was chosen to accommodate the grafted B2gR mutation.
MCL1-AB2
C1gA was chosen as a safety mutation because even though the serine at this position in MCL1-AB1 could take part in a local H-bond network, steric hindrance by the OH-group could be a potential problem. For similar reasons, the GS sequence at positions 14 and 15 in L2 was reversed to SG.
MCL1-AB3
Given the risk of the grafted B3dD mutation (on a core position), the B3dT mutation is chosen as a safety back up for MCL1-AB1.
The sequences and SEQ-IDs of these three Alphabodies are shown in Figure 2. In this example we intend to test MCL-1 binding Alphabodies mainly through a functional cell-based assay which requires the intracellular delivery of the Alphabody to bind to the apoptotic target and thereby inducing or sensitizing for apoptosis. With this respect, cell penetrating peptides were added to the N-terminus of the Alphabodies. Three different cell penetrating peptides were used: (1 ) tat peptide (YGRKKRRQRRR) (SEQ ID NO: 23) derived from the tat protein of HIV-1 , (2) a cell penetrating pentapeptide (CPP5): KLPVM (SEQ ID NO: 21 ) and (3) a second CPP5 peptide: VPTLK (SEQ ID NO: 22) (Frankel and Pabo, 1988; Cell, 1988, 55(6): 1189-1 193; Green et al., Cell, 1988, 55(6): 1 179-1 188; Gomez et al., Pharmaceutical, 2010, 3(12): 3594-3613). The CPP5 peptides are derived from the protein Ku70, a multifunctional protein involved in non-homologous end-joining DNA repair and cell death regulation. The peptide VPTLK has an anti-apoptotic activity since it inhibits the activation and translocation from the cytosol to the mitochondria of the pro-apoptotic protein Bax (Gomez et al., Pharmaceutical, 2010, 3(12): 3594-3613).
The tat and CPP5 sequences were added at the N-terminus of the Alphabody spaced by a Gly-Gly-Ser-Gly linker. An additional Met-Gly was introduced at the N- terminus of tat and CPP5 sequences for cloning purposes. At the C-terminus of the Alphabodies a His-tag (6xHis) and the V5 epitope (Gly-Lys-Pro-lle-Pro-Asn-Pro-Leu-Leu- Gly-Leu-Asp-Ser-Thr) were added for purification and detection purposes, respectively.
CPP5-tagged Alphabodies were only made for MCL1 -AB1. For the remaining of this example will focus on CPP5-tagged MCL1-AB1. Example 2. Production and purification of Alphabodies
Genes corresponding to the different Alphabodies, as described in Examples 1 and 3 to 8, were cloned into the bacterial expression vector pET16b and used to transform chemically competent BL21 (DE3)pLysS bacteria. Alphabodies were produced from a 1 I culture inoculated with 6.7 ml of an overnight preculture. Alphabody production was induced with 1 mM IPTG at OD600nm 0.5 and grown for 4 hrs at 30°C.
The CPP5-MCL1-AB1 were purified from inclusion bodies using the following protocol: After centrifugation (40 minutes at 4000 rpm) of the bacterial culture, the cell pellet was resuspended in 10 ml of 50 mM Tris, 500 mM NaCI pH7.8 containing 20 mM AEBSF and stored at -20°C until purification. Cell pellets were then sonicated (10 x 10 seconds at 40% amplitude) and centrifuged at 17000xg for 20 minutes. The pellet was resuspended in Tris 50 mM, NaCI 100 mM, EDTA 20 mM, Triton X-100 2 %, pH 7.8 and incubated for 10 minutes at 4°C while shaking. Samples were centrifuged for 15 minutes at 17000xg at 4°C and the pellet were washed with Tris 50 mM, Triton X-100 1 %, pH 7.8 and resuspended in 10 ml H20. After centrifugation at 17000xg at 4°C for 15 minutes the pellet was resuspended in Tris 50 mM, NaCI 500 mM, GuHCI 6 M, pH 7.8.
The solubilized inclusion bodies were filtered through 0.45 μηι filters, added to 500 microliter Ni-NTA resin (GE Healthcare) and incubated for 1 h at room temperature. The resin was washed with 10 ml of 50 mM Tris, 500 mM NaCI and 20 mM imidazole followed by 5 washes of 10 ml 50 mM Tris, 500 mM NaCI and 50 mM imidazole. Alphabodies were eluted 10 times with 1 ml of 50 mM Tris, 500 mM NaCI and 1 M imidazole and 6 M GuHCI.
The eluted Alphabodies (10 ml) were concentrated and buffer replaced on 3K Amicon filters using PBS to a volume of 500 μΙ. The concentrated Alphabodies displayed some precipitation and were centrifuged to pellet the aggregates. The pellet was solved in 400 microliter of 150 mM acetic acid. Again, precipitation was observed and after centrifugation the pellet was solved in 20 mM sodium acetate, 150 mM NaCI, pH6. The 3 different Alphabody preparations were analyzed on SDS-PAGE (10% Bis/Tris) and their concentration was determined.
Example 3. Analysis of intracellular uptake
The intracellular uptake of the different CPP5-labelled MCL1-AB1 Alphabodies was studied by confocal microscopy using 2 different cancer cell lines: MT4 cells (human T cell leukemia) and U87.MG cells (human glioblastoma cells). The U87.MG cells have a high expression of Mcl-1 and are sensitive to Sorafenib, a multi-kinase inhibitor and TRAIL, a death receptor ligand (Yang et al., Mol. Cancer Ther., 2010, 9(4): 953-962).
Cells were incubated with different concentrations of Alphabodies (0.5 microM to 50 microM) for 2 h or 12 h. The MT4 suspension cells (400.000 cells/slide) were treated with the Alphabodies prior attachment to the glass slides of the LabTek chamber via poly- Lys. In contrast, the adherent U87.MG cells (10.000 cells/slide) were attached to the glass slides (no poly Lys coating) prior incubation with the Alphabodies.
At the end of the incubation with the Alphabodies, cells were washed 3X with PBS containing Calcium and Magnesium followed by fixation with 4% formaldehyde for 10 min at 4°C. Cells were permeabilized with 0, 1 % Triton X-100 at room temperature (RT) for 15 min followed by 2 wash steps of 10 min with Glycine (0.75 g/100 ml PBS) to neutralize formaldehyde. Blocking buffer (1 % BSA in PBS) was added for 10 min at RT followed by an incubation of 1 h at RT with rabbit 49 serum (serum directed against Alphabodies) (1/1000 in blocking buffer). Cells were washed 3 times for 5 min with blocking buffer before adding the goat-anti rabbit conjugated to Alexa488 (1/300 in blocking buffer) (Invitrogen) and DAPI (SIGMA-Aldrich) for nucleus staining (1/100) for 30 min at RT. Finally, cells were washed 3 times for 5 min with blocking buffer and 1 times with PBS before reading out the results on the confocal microscope (ZEISS Axiovert 200M LSM510 Meta).
Example 4. Analysis of apoptosis by flow cytometry
Apoptosis was measured by using Annexin V and propidium iodide (PI) as apoptotic markers. Annexin V is a small molecule binding phosphatidyl serines located at the inner leaflet of the cell membrane in a healthy non-apoptotic cell. Upon apoptosis, a flip-flop of the phosphatidyl serines to the outer leaflet takes place allowing binding of Annexin V. Annexin V positive cells are considered as cells in early apoptosis. Upon further disintegration of the cell, the cell membrane becomes completely leaky and PI can enter the cell to intercalate with the DNA. Annexin V and PI positive cells are considered as cells being in late apoptosis. Cells that are only PI positive are necrotic cells.
Apoptosis induced by different concentrations of MCL1 -AB1 Alphabodies was studied in MT4 cells (200.000 cells/300 microliter in 48 well plates) and U87.MG cells (50.000 cells/400 microliter in 24 well plates). Apoptosis was studied in absence of TRAIL (R&D Systems), ligand of a death receptor or in presence of 400 ng/ml TRAIL added to the cell/Alphabody mixture after 1 h. Cells were stained with Annexin V (BD Biosciences) and PI (Invitrogen) after 14 h incubation with the Alphabodies.
U87.MG cells were detached with 300 microliter trypsine. After complete detachment, trypsine activity was neutralized by addition of 400 microliter U87.MG cell culture medium and the cell suspension was centrifuged at 300xg for 10 minutes. Suspension MT4 cells were directly centrifuged without any further treatment. Cells were washed with 800 microliter of binding buffer (0.01 M HEPES, pH 7.4; 0.14 M NaCI; 2.5 mM CaCI2) and centrifuged at 300xg for 10 minutes. Annexin V staining was performed by adding 100 microliter of binding buffer containing 2.5 microliter Annexin V per sample and samples were incubated for 15 minutes at 4°C in the dark. Samples were washed with 1 ml binding buffer and centrifuged at 300xg for 10 minutes. Finally, cells were stained with 80 microliter PI solution (0.1 microg/ml PI in binding buffer) 5 min prior measurement of the cells on the FACS Canto.
The percentage apoptotic cells was determined as either the percentage of Annexin V positive cells or the percentage of Annexin V and PI positive cells. Example 5. Purification of CPP5 Alphabodies
The two CPP5-MCL1-AB1 Alphabodies were purified from 1 I bacterial culture and 3 preparations in different buffers were obtained. For all preparations a clear protein band was observed at the appropriate length (around 15 kDa) by SDS gelectrophoresis. The highest concentration of Alphabody was measured in the PBS soluble preparation (1.4 and 1.8 mM for respectively VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 and KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 ).
Example 6. Binding of CPP5 Alphabodies to MCL-1 cell lysate
The binding of the CPP5 Alphabodies to MCL-1 was confirmed in a dot blot analysis using a commercially available MCL-1 transfected HEK cell lysate (Santa Cruz). MCL cell lysate was spotted on nitrocellulose filters (2.5 microliter), blocked for 1 hr with PBS containing 2% skimmed milk and incubated with 1 microM, 5 microM and 10 microM CPP5 Alphabodies and the negative control tat-013 Alphabody (SEQ ID NO: 25) for 2 h at room temperature. After washing the membranes with PBS/0.05% Tween 20, an anti-His antibody conjugated to Horse Radish Peroxidase (HRP) (1/2000 in PBS with 5% skimmed milk) was added for 1 h. HRP color reagent substrate (Biorad) was added to detect the binding of the Alphabodies.
Both CPP5 Alphabodies (VPTLK-MCL1 -AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) and KLPVM-MCL1- AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4)) displayed a clear binding to Mcl-1 cell lysate. The control Alphabody tat-013 displayed at the same concentration, no binding to MCL-1 cell lysate (as shown in Figure 3).
Example 7. Intracellular uptake of the CPP5 Alphabodies in the cancer cell lines MT4 and U87.MG
The intracellular uptake of the CPP5 Alphabodies was first studied in the human T cell leukemia cell line MT4. The tat-013 Alphabody (SEQ ID NO: 25) was used as a positive control for intracellular uptake. This control also allowed comparing the internalization pattern of cargo of tat and CPP5 peptides.
After a 2 h incubation of Alphabodies with MT4 cells, a weak intracellular uptake of
CPP5 Alphabodies was observed. The intracellular uptake of Alphabody tat-013 (SEQ ID NO: 25) was observed as demonstrated by the presence of relatively high concentrations of this Alphabody in the cytosol (Figure 4 panel A). The intracellular uptake of the CPP5 Alphabodies and the control Alphabody was also tested on the adherent human glioblastoma cancer cell line, U87.MG. After 2 h incubation of 0.5 microM Alphabodies on U87.MG cells, the intracellular uptake was studied. A clear intracellular uptake of the 2 CPP5 Alphabodies and the control tat-013 was observed after 2 h (Figure 5).
Dose-dependent intracellular uptake of the CPP5 Alphabodies was studied in the U87.MG cells by analyzing the uptake of 10 microM, 20 microM and 50 microM over a 12 h incubation period. It can be expected that at high doses of Alphabodies and after a prolonged incubation time apoptotic events could be observed. It was shown in literature that U87.MG cells have a high expression of MCL-1 and are sensitive to Sorafenib that down-regulates MCL-1 expression (Yang et al., Mol. Cancer Ther., 2010, 9(4): 953-962). If the CPP5 Alphabodies interact with intracellular MCL-1 and prevent its binding to Bak or Bax, apoptosis will be induced.
A concentration dependent intracellular uptake was observed for the KLPVM- MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) Alphabodies (Figures 6 and 7). This effect was more pronounced for the KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 intracellular uptake (Figure 7).
At the highest concentration of CPP5 Alphabodies, the morphology of the U87.MG cells was modified from elongated forms to round cells. A large part of the cells was detached from the glass slide. These morphological changes indicate that the cells are not in an optimal shape and that the high concentrations of Alphabodies affected the viability of the cells (Figure 8).
At these high concentrations of CPP5 Alphabodies (50 microM), apoptotic events were observed. About 50% of the cells that remained attached to the glass slides displayed nucleus disintegration observed as apoptotic bodies (Figure 8). Of important note, the apoptotic events were observed in cells that were not sensitized by TRAIL treatment. These results indicate that the MCL-1 inhibitory activity of the CPP5
Alphabodies is potent enough to induce on its own apoptosis. Example 8. Apoptotic activity of the CPP5 Alphabodies
To obtain quantitative data on the induction of apoptosis by the CPP5 Alphabodies, flow cytometry was performed using Annexin V and PI as apoptotic markers. In contrast to the qualitative analysis of apoptosis by confocal microscopy, flow cytometry allows to analyze larger numbers of cells. Experiments were performed in absence and presence of the death receptor ligand TRAIL. Many papers report apoptosis of anti-cancer drugs when cancer cells were already sensitized with TRAIL. A concentration of TRAIL resulting in 20 % of apoptosis was chosen. Upon addition of apoptosis inducing drugs, the percentage of apoptosis is increasing above 20%.
We used two definitions to define cells undergoing apoptosis. Cells in early apoptosis were defined as Annexin V positive cells while cells in late apoptosis were defined as Annexin V and PI positive cells. Flow cytometry data was analyzed using these 2 definitions. Experiments were performed on MT4 and U87.MG cells. A dramatic increase in the percentage of apoptosis was observed when U87.MG cells were incubated for 14 h with 40 microM KLPVM-MCL1 -AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) in absence of TRAIL compared to the non- treated cells. More than 60% of apoptotic cells were observed at this concentration of Alphabody. A less pronounced increase in apoptosis was observed when cells were treated with the same concentration of VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) Alphabody (Figure 9). This Alphabody induced 20% apoptosis. This difference can be explained by (1 ) the less efficient uptake of the peptide VPTLK compared to KLPVM as documented in the literature (60% intracellular uptake compared to KLPVM) and (2) the inherent anti- apoptotic character of VPTLK. Indeed, VPTLK is a Bax inhibiting peptide and protects the cells from apoptosis.
In presence of TRAIL, the concentration of CPP5 Alphabody inducing apoptosis was lowered to 20 microM. Whereas this concentration of Alphabody did not induce pronounced apoptosis in absence of TRAIL, 40% and 30% of apoptosis were observed in presence of TRAIL for KLPVM-MCL1-AB1 and VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 , respectively (Figure 9).
The two definitions to determine the percentage of apoptosis gave the same percentages of apoptosis in U87.MG cells. This is most probably due to the fact that the majority of the cells is in early apoptosis at these concentrations of Alphabody (40 microM) and after a 12 h incubation time. It can be expected that longer incubation times as described in literature (48 h) will result in a higher population of cells in late apoptosis.
The same experiments were performed on the human T cell leukemia cells MT4 with 10, 20, 40 and 50 microM of Alphabodies in presence and absence of 400 ng/ml of TRAIL. In general, lower percentages of apoptosis were observed in this cell line when compared to U87.MG cells. In absence of TRAIL, the percentages of early and late apoptosis were different and more cells were in the late apoptosis stages (Annexin V and PI positive cells). In contrast with the results on U87.MG cells, VPTLK induced more than 40 % of apoptosis while the KLPVM induced 30% of apoptosis. The presence of TRAIL resulted in a less pronounced apoptotic effect as observed in the U87.MG cells (Figure 10).
Apoptosis results were also shown as dot plots showing the double negative cells
(Q3), Annexin V positive cells (Q1 ), Annexin V and PI positive cells (Q2) and PI positive (Q4) cells. The histograms correspond to the Annexin V distribution of the PI negative cell population. When apoptosis is occurring an Annexin V positive population is appearing (P4 gate) (Figures 1 1 and 12).
CONCLUSION
The CPP5 labeled Alphabodies KLPVM-MCL1 -AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK- MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) were the most soluble and highly concentrated Alphabodies soluble in PBS were obtained and remained soluble at concentrations above 1 mM. Both Alphabodies interacted with MCL-1 cell lysates whereas the control Alphabody tat-013 (SEQ ID NO: 25) displayed no interaction with Mcl-1 cell lysates.
These results demonstrate that the binding motif LRXVGDXV (SEQ ID NO: 20) in the B helix of the Alphabody mediates binding of the Alphabodies to MCL-1.
The presence of the cell penetrating peptides 5 (KLPVM (SEQ ID NO: 21 ) and VPTLK (SEQ ID NO: 22) allowed the intracellular uptake of the Alphabodies in human T cell leukemia (MT4) and human glioblastoma cells (U87). Differences in intracellular uptake efficacy were observed dependent on the cell type. The uptake in T cells was less efficient. We also demonstrated that the intracellular uptake of the CPP5-MCL1 Alphabodies was concentration dependent. At higher concentrations (50 microM) and at more prolonged incubation times, apoptosis was more clearly observed.
Apoptosis induced by KLPVM-MCL1 -AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 4) and VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 (SEQ ID NO: 7) was further confirmed with 2 apoptosis markers Annexin V and PI in flow cytometry. Importantly, these Alphabodies induced apoptosis up to 60% in absence of sensitization of the cells with a death receptor ligand (TRAIL). Sensitization of TRAIL allowed using lower doses of Alphabodies to obtain apoptosis.
VPTLK-MCL1-AB1 induced apoptosis to a lower extent when compared to KLPVM- MCL1-AB1. This can be explained by the less efficient intracellular uptake of the Alphabody and by the inherent anti-apoptotic properties of the peptide. The above data show that Alphabodies are stable in the intracellular environment, which had not been previously demonstrated. Furthermore, the data demonstrate that the approach to design inhibitory Alphabodies specifically directed against MCL-1 (mimicking a BH3 alpha-helix) is successful. Indeed, both specific binding to MCL-1 as well as functional activity, i.e. sensitization and induction of apoptosis, are clearly observed.
III. INTRACELLULAR UPTAKE OF ALPHABODIES COMPRISING A CPAB MOTIF
Example 9. Intracellular uptake of cationized CPAB Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5.
This Example describes the intracellular uptake of a cationized Alphabody in function of time and in function of Alphabody concentration in different cell types including cancer and non-cancer cells. To study the cellular uptake capacity of cationized Alphabodies, we initially chose an Alphabody directed against IL-23, named MB23. To preserve the IL-23 binding site located on the A and C helix, 8 Arg were added in the B helix, resulting in a positively charged Alphabody referred to as MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) (charge of +9) (Figure 13).
Additionally, Alphabody cellular uptake mechanisms were explored by studying the temperature dependency of uptake, dependency on presence of glycosaminoglycans and influence of presence of serum in cell culture medium on cell penetration.
The uptake was studied by confocal microscopy and intracellular Alphabody was visualized using an anti-V5 antibody recognizing the V5 tag fused, together with a His-tag, to the C-terminus of the Alphabody. All experiments were performed on fixed and permeabilized cells. Control experiments with non-permeabilized experiments were included (data not shown).
9.1 Methods used
Cell penetration in function of concentration and time was studied with the reference cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) in 8 different cell lines comprising 6 cancer cell lines and 2 non-cancer cell lines. To understand the mechanism of intracellular Alphabody uptake, temperature dependency, heparan sulfate dependency and serum dependency of cell penetration was studied.
9.1.1 Expression and purification of MB23 hiR-V5
Cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) was expressed in the soluble fraction of E. coli bacteria. The protein was purified by Ni-NTA chromatography followed by desalting and buffer exchange procedures. The protein was stored in 20 mM citric acid pH 3.0 (5.3 mg/ml). 9.1.2 Intracellular uptake of cationized Alphabody MB23 hiR-V5
Intracellular uptake was studied in 6 different cancer cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, MT-4 and Jurkat) and 3 non-cancer cell lines (HEK, CHO-K1 and CHO.pgSA) (Table 1 ).
Adherent cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, HEK, CHO-K1 and CHO.pgSA) were cultured in DMEM + 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) and seeded in LabTek chambers at 10.000 cells/chamber and incubated overnight at 37°C and 5% C02. The next day cationized Alphabody (dilution series or single concentration) was incubated with the seeded cells for 2 h or different time periods ranging from 3.5 min to 48 h at 37°C and 5% C02. After incubation with the Alphabodies, cells were washed 4 times (5 min/wash) with PBS (containing Mg and Ca (DPBS)).
Table 1 : Cell lines used for intracellular uptake studies
Cell line Description
U87.MG Human glioblastoma cells
BxPC-3 Human pancreatic cancer cells
H1437 Human non-small cell lung cancer cells
SW872 Human liposarcoma cells
MT^ Human T cell leukemia cells
Jurkat Human T cell leukemia cells
HEK Human Embryonic Kidney cells
CHO-K1 Chinese Hamster Ovary cells
CHO.pgSA Chinese Hamster Ovary cells deficient for
glycosaminoglycan synthesis Suspension cell lines (MT4 and Jurkat) were cultured in RPMI + 10% FBS and seeded in 96-well plates at 100.000 cells/well. Dilution series of cationized Alphabodies were added for 2 h to the cells in the 96-well plates at 37°C and 5% C02. In parallel, poly-Lysine was added to the LabTek chambers for 2 h at room temperature (RT) to prepare the glass slides of the LabTek chambers for cell attachment. After 2 h cells were washed two times (5 min/wash) and added to the poly-Lys coated LabTek chambers for 1 h at RT (=cell attachment).
To visualize intracellular Alphabodies, cells were fixed with 4% formaldehyde at 4°C for 10 min followed by permeabilization with 0.1 % Triton X-100 at RT for 15 min. Cells were washed twice (10 min/wash) with glycine (0.75 g/100 ml) to stop the crosslinking of formaldehyde followed by a wash with DPBS (5 min/wash).
Cells were blocked with blocking buffer (DPBS + 1 % BSA) for 10 min at RT followed by incubation with the primary antibody directed against the V5 tag of the Alphabody (mouse anti-V5 Ab, Invitrogen, 46-0705) diluted at 1/400 in blocking buffer for 1 h at RT. Cells were washed 3 times (5 min/wash) with blocking buffer followed by addition of the secondary antibody, goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa488 (Invitrogen, A-10680) diluted 1/300 in blocking buffer and DAPI (4',6-Diamidino-2-Phenylindole, dihydrochloride) (nuclear staining) (1/100) for 30 min at RT. Finally, cells were washed 3 times (5 min/wash) with blocking buffer, 150 ul of DPBS was added and plates were read on a Zeiss Axiovert 200, LSM 510 Meta confocal microscope.
9.2 Results
9.2.1 1ntracellular uptake of cationized MB23 hiR-V5 in different cell lines
Intracellular uptake of two-fold dilutions of cationized MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) starting at 312 nM was studied in the human glioblastoma cell line U87.MG. After 2 h incubation of Alphabody with cells, intracellular Alphabody was detected with an anti-V5 antibody and a secondary Alexa488 labeled antibody. Figure 14 shows the dose- dependent uptake of MB23_hiR-V5 (312 nM to 1.2 nM) in U87.MG cells. The diffuse fluorescent pattern indicates cytosolic localization of the Alphabody. The lower concentration limit of detectable intracellular uptake of cationized MB23 in human glioblastoma cells was 4.9 nM. At that concentration a fluorescent signal higher than the control signal (cells without Alphabody) was still visible. Uptake of the corresponding non-cationized Alphabody MB23 was studied under the same conditions in human glioblastoma cells. There was no detectable intracellular uptake of non-cationized MB23 demonstrating that uptake of MB23_hiR-V5 is due to the presence of the cationization motifs (Figure 15).
Dose dependent uptake of MB23_hiR-V5 (1250 nM, 312.5 nM, 156.3 nM, 78.1 nM,
39.1 nM, 19.5 nM and 9.8 nM) was studied in 5 additional cancer cell lines (BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, MT-4, Jurkat) and two non-cancer cell lines (HEK, CHO-K1 ). A dose dependent intracellular uptake was observed for all tested cell types including the non- cancer cells. Intracellular uptake of cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 was examined at a concentration of 78 nM in 4 different cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437 and SW872). Cationized Alphabody penetrated in all analyzed cell types albeit not to the same extent (qualitative comparison) (Figure 16).
The lower concentration limits for intracellular uptake were qualitatively determined on the confocal microscopy images and are summarized in Table 2. For all cell lines, except the human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG), the lowest concentration tested was 9.8 nM. At the lowest concentration tested, intracellular Alphabody was detected in BxPC-3, H1437 and CHO-K1 cells. Higher concentrations of cationized Alphabody were required to obtain a fluorescent signal above background for SW872 and HEK cells. The highest concentrations of Alphabody for intracellular uptake were required in the human T cell leukemia cell lines MT4 and Jurkat.
Table 2: Lower concentration limit for intracellular uptake of cationized MB23_hiR- V5 in the 8 different cell lines.
Figure imgf000085_0001
9.2.2 Intracellular uptake of cationized MB23 hiR-V5
(i) Influence of serum on intracellular uptake of MB23_hiR-V5
To determine the impact of the presence of serum on intracellular uptake, intracellular uptake of a dilution series of cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG) was studied. Alphabody was incubated 2 h with cells in presence and absence of 10% serum at 37°C. After PBS washing, fixing and permeabilizing the cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI. In summary, there were only minor differences in uptake efficacy between the serum free and 10% serum conditions. Difference in uptake was the most pronounced at the highest concentration of Alphabody (1250 nM) (data not shown).
(ii) Influence of heparan sulfate and chondroitinsulfate on intracellular uptake of MB23_hiR-V5
The potential influence of heparan sulfate and chondroitinsulfate was studied by using CHO.pgsA-745 cells deficient in heparan sulfate synthesis. These cells (CHO.pgsA-745) are defective in xylosyltransferase and do no express heparan sulfates and chondroitin sulfates at their cell surface. Intracellular uptake of a dilution series of cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 in CHO-K1 and CHO.pgsA-745 cells was studied. Alphabody was incubated 2 h with cells in presence of 10% serum at 37°C. After PBS washing, fixing and permeabilizing the cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI. The results showed that intracellular uptake in heparin/chondroitinsulfate (HS/CS) deficient cells is not completely abrogated (data not shown). Yet, the uptake was clearly less efficient in HS/CS deficient cells. This suggests that uptake of cationized Alphabodies is partially, but not fully dependent on the presence of the negatively charged HS/CS moieties. (Hi) Influence of temperature on intracellular uptake of MB23_hiR-V5
Uptake of cationized Alphabody was also studied at 4°C to determine whether cell penetration of cationized Alphabodies is an energy dependent or energy independent process. For this purpose, intracellular uptake of a dilution series of cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG) was studied. Alphabody was incubated 2 h with cells in presence of 10% serum at 37°C and 4°C. After PBS washing, fixing and permeabilizing the cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI. Only minor differences in uptake were observed when comparing Alphabody cell penetration at 37°C and 4°C (data not shown). These data indicate a substantially energy independent Alphabody cell penetration mechanism, which relies primarily on direct penetration of the Alphabodies through the membranes.
9.2.3 Kinetics of intracellular uptake of MB23 hiR-V5
To obtain insights in the kinetics of uptake of cationized Alphabodies and the fate of the intracellular Alphabodies after prolonged incubation times, experiments with short (240 min, 120 min, 60 min, 30 min, 15 min, 7.5 min, 3.5 min) and long (48 h, 24 h and 12 h) Alphabody incubation times with human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG) were performed at two different Alphabody concentrations (1250 nM and 500 nM) (data not shown).
The kinetics of the intracellular uptake were identical for both concentrations of Alphabody. After 3.5 minutes, Alphabody was already detected in the cell. These data suggest that the uptake of Alphabodies into cells is a fast process. Prolonged incubation of cationized Alphabodies on cells resulted in loss of intracellular Alphabody, in particular after 48 hours.
9.2.4 Effects of heparin washing on binding of Alphabody to the extracellular cell membrane
Heparin washes (100 U/ml) of cells were performed after Alphabody incubation to analyze whether (1 ) heparin washes removed Alphabody from the extracellular membrane and (2) to ensure that observed intracellular Alphabody was not an artefact of the staining procedure (extracellular Alphabody entering the cells due to the staining treatment (i.e. fixation and permeabilization of the cells).
After Alphabody incubation, cells were washed with PBS or heparin and were fixed and permeabilized or fixed only without permeabilization (=extracellular Alphabody staining). Two different concentrations of Alphabody (1250 nM and 500 nM) were studied in these experiments: Intracellular uptake of 1250 nM and 500 nM cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG). Alphabody was incubated for 2 h with U87.MG cells in presence of 10% serum at 37°C. After PBS or heparin washing, fixing and permeabilizing/not permeabilizing the cells, intracellular Alphabody was visualized with a primary anti-V5 antibody and a secondary goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa 488. The nucleus was stained with DAPI (data not shown).
Whereas intracellular Alphabody was observed for both heparin and PBS washed cells, membrane bound Alphabody was only visible on the PBS washed cells. When cells were not permeabilized resulting in visualization of extracellular Alphabody, weaker Alphabody staining was observed for the heparin washed cells compared to the PBS washed cells.
These results demonstrate that heparin removes extracellular membrane bound Alphabody albeit removal was not complete and intracellular Alphabody detected after permeabilization of the cells is not a technical artifact of extracellular Alphabody being internalized due to the experimental procedure.
9.2.5 Kinetics of uptake MB23 hiR-V5 after removing extracellularly bound Alphabody
From previous experiments, it followed that heparin removes a large fraction of the extracellularly bound Alphabody. Therefore, kinetics of uptake of MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) were studied using heparin washes. This protocol allowed to evaluate the evolution in intracellular Alphabody while discarding the majority of extracellularly bound Alphabody. Images of intracellular uptake were recorded on multiple cells but also on single cells providing a more detailed image of the time dependent intracellular uptake (Figure 17).
After 3.5 min, there was intracellular Alphabody visible when compared to the control image (cells without Alphabody). The increase of fluorescent signal (increase in intracellular Alphabody) in function of time was more visible when cells were washed with heparin.
When analyzing the single cell images, an evolution in the fluorescent pattern in function of time became obvious. At the earlier time points, the intracellular membrane staining was clearly visible (up to 30 min). After 30 minutes, membrane staining faded and vesicles were present in the cytoplasm, moving further away from the membrane (Figure 17). 9.3 Conclusions
The results of the present Example showed that cationized Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) (with charges in the B helix) penetrates in a dose dependent manner in different cell types including cancer and non-cancer cell lines. The uptake efficacy and the uptake pattern is cell type dependent.
Alphabody concentrations as low as 5 to 10 nM resulted after 2 h cell incubation in intracellular uptake of Alphabodies.
Intracellular uptake of cationized Alphabodies is not abrogated at 4°C, indicating that Alphabody uptake is driven primarily by an energy independent mechanism probably relying on direct penetration of the cell membrane.
These findings suggest that cationized Alphabodies follow different routes of intracellular uptake.
The uptake process of cationized Alphabodies is a fast process. After 3.5 min, Alphabody was present inside the cell.
Heparin removes a large fraction of extracellular bound Alphabody. Kinetic uptake experiments using heparin washes were performed to discard the staining of extracellularly bound Alphabody. The results were essentially similar to the results obtained with PBS washes, but the increase in intracellular Alphabody concentration over time was more pronounced. Analysis of single cells demonstrated an evolution in the fluorescence pattern, indicating the movement (i.e. diffusion) of the Alphabody from the inner cell membrane into the intracellular space.
Example 10. Intracellular uptake of CPAB Alphabodies directed against MCL-1
This example describes the intracellular uptake of Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16), two Alphabodies directed against the intracellular target MCL-1. These Alphabodies were designed for intracellular uptake by cationization (i.e., by decoration with Arg/Lys amino acid residues). It was shown, as described below, that these Alphabodies were capable of inducing cell death after 48 h in viability assays, in particular of T cell leukemia cells (MT4). 10.1 Methods used
Intracellular uptake of the Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) was studied in a panel of cancer and non-cancer cell lines in function of Alphabody concentration. The uptake was studied by confocal microscopy and intracellular Alphabody was visualized using an anti-V5 antibody recognizing the C-terminal V5 tag of the Alphabody. All experiments were performed on fixed and permeabilized cells. Control experiments with non-permeabilized experiments were included.
These Alphabodies contained the MCL-1 binding site in the B helix and displayed different cationization patterns as shown in Figure 18. Lys and Arg residues were used to decorate the Alphabodies, resulting in net charges of +1 1 and +19 for AB1_hiKR1 -V5 and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5, respectively. The Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was designed to present a better core packing. Additional differences between AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and AB1_hiKR3-V5 were a shorter loop 1 sequence and a longer His-tag for the A2aF variant (Figure 18).
Cell penetration in function of concentration was studied in 8 different cell lines comprising 6 cancer cell lines and 2 non-cancer cell lines.
10.1.1 Expression and purification of AB1 hiKR 1-V5 and AB1 A2aF hiKR3-V5
Cationized Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB 1 _A2a F_h i K R3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) were expressed in the soluble fraction of E. coli bacteria. The proteins were purified by Ni-NTA chromatography followed by desalting and buffer exchange procedures. The proteins were stored in 20 mM citric acid pH 3.0 (2.8 mg/ml for AB1_hiKR1-V5 and 3.9 mg/ml for AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5).
10.1.2 Intracellular uptake of cationized Alphabodies AB1 hiKR1-V5 and AB1 A2aF hiKR3-V5
Intracellular uptake was studied in 6 different cancer cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, MT-4 and Jurkat) and 2 non-cancer cell lines (HEK, CHO-K1 ) (Table 3).
Adherent cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, HEK, CHO-K1 and CHO.pgSA) were cultured in DMEM + 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) and seeded in LabTek chambers at 10.000 cells/chamber and incubated overnight at 37°C and 5% C02. The next day, cationized Alphabody (dilution series or single concentration) was incubated with the seeded cells for 2 h or different time periods ranging from 3.5 min to 48 h at 37°C and 5% C02. After incubation with the Alphabodies, cells were washed 4 times (5 min/wash) with PBS (containing Mg and Ca (DPBS)). Table 3: Cell lines used for intracellular uptake studies
Cell line Description
U87.MG Human glioblastoma cells
BxPC-3 Human pancreatic cancer cells
H1437 Human non-small cell lung cancer cells
SW872 Human liposarcoma cells
MT-4 Human T cell leukemia cells
Jurkat Human T cell leukemia cells
HEK Human Embryonic Kidney cells
CHO-K1 Chinese Hamster Ovary cells
Suspension cell lines (MT4 and Jurkat) were cultured in RPMI + 10% FBS and seeded in 96-well plates at 100.000 cells/well. Dilution series of cationized Alphabodies were added for 2 h to the cells in the 96-well plates at 37°C and 5% C02. In parallel, poly-Lysine was added to the LabTek chambers for 2 h at room temperature (RT) to prepare the glass slides of the LabTek chambers for cell attachment. After 2 h cells were washed two times (5 min/wash) and added to the poly-Lys coated LabTek chambers for 1 h at RT (=cell attachment).
To visualize intracellular Alphabodies, cells were fixed with 4% formaldehyde at 4°C for 10 min followed by permeabilization with 0.1 % Triton X-100 at RT for 15 min. Cells were washed twice (10 min/wash) with glycine (0.75 g/100 ml) to stop the crosslinking of formaldehyde followed by a wash with DPBS (5 min/wash).
Cells were blocked with blocking buffer (DPBS + 1 % BSA) for 10 min at RT followed by incubation with the primary antibody directed against the V5 tag of the Alphabody (mouse anti-V5 Ab, Invitrogen, 46-0705) diluted at 1/400 in blocking buffer for 1 h at RT. Cells were washed 3 times (5 min/wash) with blocking buffer followed by addition of the secondary antibody, goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa488 (Invitrogen, A-10680) diluted 1/300 in blocking buffer and DAPI (4',6-Diamidino-2-Phenylindole, dihydrochloride) (nuclear staining) (1/100) for 30 min at RT. Finally, cells were washed 3 times (5 min/wash) with blocking buffer, 150 ul of DPBS was added and plates were read on a Zeiss Axiovert 200, LSM 510 Meta confocal microscope.
10.2 Results
10.2.1 Intracellular uptake of AB1 hiKR1-V5 and AB1 A2aF hiKR3-V5 in human glioblastoma cells U87.MG
Intracellular uptake of a concentration series of AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) was studied in human glioblastoma cells. After 2 hours of incubation of Alphabody with cells, intracellular Alphabody was detected with an anti-V5 antibody and a secondary Alexa488 labeled antibody.
A dose response dependent uptake was observed for both cationized AB1 Alphabodies (Figure 19).
The lower concentration limit of intracellular uptake of AB1_hiKR1 -V5 and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was determined qualitatively on images of single cells and corresponded to 39.1 nM and 19.5 nM, respectively. At these concentrations, a fluorescent signal higher than the control signal (cells without Alphabody) was still visible.
10.2.2 Intracellular uptake of AB1 hiKR1-V5 and AB1 A2aF hiKR3-V5 in different cell lines
Dose dependent uptake of AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB 1 _A2a F_h i K R3-V5
(SEQ ID NO: 16) (1250 nM, 312.5 nM, 156.3 nM, 78.1 nM, 39.1 nM, 19.5 nM and 9.8 nM) was studied in two non-cancer cell lines (HEK, CHO-K1 ) and in 6 additional cancer cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, MT-4, Jurkat) (Figure 19 and Table 4). The intracellular uptake of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was compared to the intracellular uptake of MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) at the same concentration in the same cells in a qualitative manner (visual comparison of the confocal microscopy images).
A dose dependent intracellular uptake was observed for all tested cell types. Very efficient uptake was observed in human glioblastoma (U87.MG) (Figure 19) and liposarcoma cells (SW872) cells (data not shown).
The uptake efficacy of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) varied between certain tested cell types. The lower concentration limit for intracellular uptake of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was determined qualitatively by analysis of single cell images. The results are summarized in Table 4. It became clear that only low concentrations of Alphabody (9.8 nM) were needed to already observe intracellular protein for SW872 and HEK cells. Higher concentrations of Alphabody were required to obtain a fluorescent signal above background for U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, MT4, CHO-K1 cells, and Jurkat T cell leukemia cells(Table 4).
Table 4: Lower concentration limit for intracellular uptake of cationized Alphabodies MB23 hiR-V5 and AB1 A2aF hiKR3-V5 in 8 different cell lines
Figure imgf000093_0001
Intracellular uptake of AB 1 _A2a F_h i K R3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) was studied in 3 different cancer cell lines using heparin washes to remove extracellularly bound Alphabody. Data were compared to the intracellular uptake results with PBS washes for the same cell lines.
Depending on the cell type, membrane staining disappeared partially or completely after washing with heparin, which indicates that the excess Alphabody present on the extracellular cell surface could be removed (data not shown). 10.2.4 Effect of heparin washes and kinetics of uptake ofAB1 A2aF hiKR3-V5
Kinetics of intracellular uptake of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) in human glioblastoma cells was performed using heparin washes. After 3.5 min, Alphabody was present inside the cell and fluorescent signal was maximal after 180 min (longest incubation time measured) (Figure 20). The evolution of the intracellular uptake was most visible when analyzing the single cell images (data not shown). An increase in fluorescent signal was observed in function of incubation time. At short incubation times, Alphabody was mainly present near the intracellular membrane and moving away from the membrane when incubation times were prolonged.
10.3 Conclusions
Cationized MCL-1 Alphabodies (with charges in the A and C helix) penetrate in a dose dependent manner in different cell types including cancer and non-cancer cell lines.
Data obtained on uptake of MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 7) and the 2 MCL-1 Alphabodies (AB1_hiKR1-V5 and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5) in human glioblastoma cells indicated that the uptake efficiency of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was greater than the uptake efficiency of MB23_hiR-V5, which in its turn was greater than the uptake efficiency of AB1_hiKR1-V5. These data indicate that uptake efficiency is not solely determined by the number of charges. Indeed, MB23_hiR-V5 has a net charge of 9 whereas AB1_hiKR1-V5 has a net charge of 1 1.
Intracellular uptake of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) appeared to be cell type dependent. Indeed, although the Alphabody was internalized by almost all tested cell types, the efficiency varied. As observed for MB23_hiR-V5, intracellular uptake was lower in human T cell leukemia cells. On the other hand, uptake in the cancer cell lines SW872 and U87.MG was highly efficient.
Similarly, the uptake efficacy of MB23_hiR-V5 appeared to be cell type dependent. Differences were observed for some of the tested cell lines, in particular for BxPC-3 and CHO-K1 cells. These data confirm that uptake efficiency is not only related to net positive charges but also to the distribution of charges on the Alphabody.
Similar to the cellular uptake of MB23_hiR-V5, the uptake process of cationized MCL-1 Alphabodies is a fast process. After 3.5 min, Alphabody was present inside the cell. Analysis of single cells demonstrated an evolution in the fluorescent pattern suggesting the spreading or diffusion of the Alphabody away from the inner cell membrane into the intracellular space (as observed for MB23_hiR-V5).
Example 11. Tumor cell viability studies with CPAB Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) specifically directed against MCL-1
This Example describes the effect of MCL-1 Alphabodies on viability of cancer and non-cancer cell lines. In general, inhibition of interactions between MCL-1 and BAK results in the liberation of BAK and the formation of Mitochondrial Outer Membrane Pores (MOMP) via BAK/BAX homo-and/or heterodimerization and finally apoptosis of the cell. A panel of cancer cell lines was treated with Alphabodies directed against MCL-1 and control Alphabodies lacking a binding site to MCL-1 and cell viability was monitored using MTT (3- (4,5-Dimethylthiazol-2-YI)-2,5-Diphenyltetrazolium Bromide). 1 1.1 Methods used
For the impact of Alphabodies on cancer cell viability, we focused on two MCL1 binding Alphabodies, i.e. AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16). These Alphabodies contained the MCL-1 binding site in the B helix and displayed different cationization patterns as shown in Figure 18. Lys and Arg residues were used to decorate the Alphabodies, resulting in net charges of +1 1 and +19 for AB1_hiKR1-V5 and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5, respectively.
Cell viability in function of concentration was studied in 7 different cell lines, including 6 cancer cell lines (MT4, Jurkat, SW872, H1437, BxPC3, U87.MG). The induction of cell death by Alphabodies was also studied on primary cells (PBMC).
11.1.1 Expression and purification of AB1 hiKR 1-V5 and AB1 A2aF hiKR3-V5
Cationized Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1 -V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB 1 _A2a F_h i K R3-V5
(SEQ ID NO: 16) were expressed and purified as described in Example 2.
11.1.2 Cell viability assays Cell viability was studied in 6 different cancer cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872, MT-4 and Jurkat) (Table 5). Effects of Alphabodies on viability were also studied in primary cells (PBMC) obtained from a healthy donor.
Adherent cell lines (U87.MG, BxPC-3, H1437, SW872) were cultured in DMEM or RPMI + 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS), seeded in 96 well plates and incubated overnight at 37°C and 5% C02. The next day cationized Alphabody (dilution series) was incubated with the seeded cells for 2 h in Opti-MEM cell culture medium without Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS). Suspension cell lines (MT4 and Jurkat) were seeded in 96-well plates in Opti-MEM cell culture medium without FBS and containing serial dilutions of Alphabody and incubated for 2 h at 37°C and 5% C02. PBMC were isolated from a healthy donor and cultured in RPMI containing 10% FBS and IL-2.
After 2 h, Opti-MEM with FBS was added to obtain a final concentration of 10% FBS and cells were incubated for 48 h at 37°C and 5% C02. Cell viability was monitored using MTT. MTT is reduced to formazan by living cells. Solubilization of the formazan crystals results in a colored product that can be measured by spectrophotometry at 540 nm. Cell viability was expressed as percentage of viability of non-treated cells (=100% viability). All experiments were performed in triplicate. Data are presented as mean values with standard deviations. Table 5: Cell lines used for cell viability studies
Cell line Description
U87.MG Human glioblastoma cells
BxPC-3 Human pancreatic cancer cells
H1437 Human non-small cell lung cancer cells
SW872 Human liposarcoma cells
MT-4 Human T cell leukemia cells
Jurkat Human T cell leukemia cells
1 1.2 Results
11.2.1 Effects on cell viability of hematological cancer cell lines by MCL-1 Alphabodies Effects on cell viability of cationized MCL-1 Alphabodies AB1_hiKR1-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 14) and AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) was studied in human T cell leukemia cell lines MT4 and Jurkat. Cationized Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 induced dose dependent cell death of MT4 cells with nearly complete abolishment of cell viability at 10 microM Alphabody. The AB1_hiKR1-V5 Alphabody was less potent. Control Alphabodies KLPVM-scAB013-V5 and MB23_hiR-V5 had no effect on cell viability, i.e. 100% of cells were viable even at the highest concentrations (Figure 21 ). On Jurkat cells, both MCL-1 Alphabodies were somewhat less potent. Treatment with the highest concentration of Alphabody resulted in 60% and 40% of cell death for AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and AB1_hiKR1 -V5, respectively (Figure 22). Viability data were in agreement with the intracellular uptake efficacy of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 for MT4 and Jurkat cells. This Alphabody showed a more pronounced intracellular uptake in MT4 cells compared to Jurkat cells (data not shown).
11.2.2 Effects on cell viability of different cancer cell lines by MCL-1 Alphabodies
(i) Human liposarcoma cells (SW872)
Alphabodies AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and AB1_hiKR1-V5 induced dose dependent cell death in human liposarcoma cells albeit at low percentages (data not shown). At the highest concentrations of Alphabody tested, 40% and 30% cell death was measured for AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) and AB1_hiKR1 (SEQ ID NO: 14), respectively. Control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 induced 10% cell death at 10 microM. Both AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and the control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) were taken up by the SW872 cells (data not shown and Figure 16).
(ii) Human non-small cell lung cancer cells (H1437)
Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) induced dose dependent cell death in non-small cell lung cancer cells (H1437) (data not shown). The highest concentration of Alphabody tested (10 microM) induced 50% cell death. Control Alphabody (MB23_hiR-V5) and AB1_hiKR1 -V5 induced 15% cell death at 10 microM. AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was taken up less efficiently in H1437 cells compared to the control MB23_hiR-V5 (Figure 16).
(Hi) Human pancreatic cancer cells (BxPC-3)
Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 induced dose dependent cell death in human pancreatic cancer cells (BxPC-3) (data not shown). The highest concentration of Alphabody tested (10 microM) induced 60% cell death. 10 microM control Alphabody (KLPVM-scABOI 3-V5) and AB1_hiKR1-V5 induced 30% and 35% cell death, respectively. Alphabody A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was taken up in BxPC-3 cells (data not shown).
(iv) Human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG)
Alphabodies AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 and AB1_hiKR1-V5 induced dose dependent cell death human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG) (data not shown). The highest concentration of both Alphabodies tested (10 microM) induced 35% cell death. Control Alphabody KLPVM- scABOI 3-V5 had little effect on cell viability. Alphabody A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was taken up efficiently in U87.MG cells (Figure 19).
11.2.3 Effects on cell viability of non-cancer cell lines by MCL-1 Alphabodies
(i) PBMC
Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 16) induced 35% cell death of PBMC at 10 microM (Figure 23). Other tested Alphabodies induced no cell death in PBMC.
1 1.3 Conclusions
The induction of cell death by MCL-1 binding Alphabodies appeared to be cell type dependent and the effect was most pronounced on the hematological cancer cell line MT4. For that cell line, 10 microM AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 induced complete cell death after 48 h. The Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 had greater effects on cell viability compared to the other MCL-1 Alphabody, AB1_hiKR1 -V5.
Although MT4 and Jurkat cells are both T cell leukemia cells, the behavior of MCL-1 Alphabodies on these cells differed: Alphabodies were more potent on MT4 cells compared to Jurkat cells. These data suggest a different survival mechanism for these cancer cell lines.
When comparing the susceptibility of the different cell lines to the cell death inducing effects of AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 the following order of sensitivity of MCL-1 Alphabodies can be established: MT4 > Jurkat = BxPC-3 > H1437 = SW872 > U87.MG, with MT4 cells being the most susceptible.
Uptake efficacy is not correlated to cell death induction. The control Alphabody
MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18), which was taken up very efficiently in different cell lines, did not induce cell death, suggesting that internalized Alphabody is not toxic to the cells. On the other hand, AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5 was taken up efficiently in U87.MG cells while this did not result in the best cell killing activity.
Example 12. CPAB Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 specifically directed against different members of the BCL-2 family of proteins
This example describes the design and binding properties of Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27), the protein sequence of which is specified in Figure 24. This Alphabody was designed for intracellular uptake by cationization (i.e. by decoration with Arg/Lys amino acid residues) and to specifically bind to three different intracellular target proteins, namely MCL-1 , BCL-XL and BCL-2a.
12.1 Methods used
12.1.1 Production and purification of recombinant intracellular target proteins
Recombinant human BCL-2 family proteins were produced in E. coli as Glutathione S Transferase (GST) fusion proteins with the GST tag at the N-terminus of the proteins. For all proteins the C-terminal Tm (transmembrane) region was removed. The following recombinant proteins were produced: BCL-XL with a C-terminal deletion of 24 amino acids, isoform alpha of BCL-2 (BCL-2a) with a C-terminal deletion of 32 amino acids. To produce MCL-1 the N-terminal PEST region (region containing signal for rapid degradation of proteins) and the C-terminal Tm region were deleted and recombinant MCL-1 corresponded to residues 172 to 327 of human MCL-1. All proteins were purified using the GST-tag.
12.1.2 ELISA assays
Maxisorp Nunc plates were coated with 100 microl anti-V5 antibody (5 microg/ml) in carbonate buffer pH 9.6 overnight at 4°C. The next day, the plates were washed 3 times with Tris Buffered Saline containing 0.05% Tween 20 (TBST) and blocked with TBS containing 0.1 % BSA and 0.5% gelatin for 2 h at 37°C. After washing the plates 5 times with TBST, 500 nM AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 Alphabody was added to the plates for 2 h at RT while shaking. Plates were washed 10 times with TBST and five-fold dilutions of Glutathione S transferase (GST) tagged recombinant BCL-2 family proteins (MCL-1 , BCL- XL and BCL-2a) were added and further incubated for 2 h at RT while shaking. Binding of GST-tagged recombinant BCL-2 family proteins was detected using an anti-GST antibody conjugated to Horse Radish Peroxidase. Signals were developed by reacting with ortho- phenylenediamine and the reaction was stopped with 4 M H2S04 when the OD reached a value between 2 and 3. Signals indicative for specific binding of AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 to the particular BCL-2 family recombinant protein were read at 492 nm and 630 nm.
12.2 Results
Figures 25 and 26 show that Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 is able to specifically bind to different types of BCL-2 family members in a dose-dependent fashion. Indeed, AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 specifically binds to MCL-1 with a binding affinity of approximately 1.9 nM (Figures 25 and 26A). As also shown in Figure 26A, Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5, which was described in the previous examples, is also directed against MCL-1 and specifically binds to this intracellular protein with a binding affinity of 1.0 nM. Control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5, directed against IL-23, which is not an intracellular protein, does not show binding to MCL-1.
As further exemplified in Figures 25 and 26, AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 specifically binds in a dose-dependent way to two other intracellular proteins, namely BCL-XL and BCL-2a, with a binding affinity of approximately 4.5 and 18.7 nM, respectively (Figures 26B and 26C). On the contrary, both Alphabody AB1_A2aF_hiKR3-V5, which was described in the previous examples and specifically designed against MCL-1 , as well as control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5, directed against IL-23, do not show specific binding to either one of BCL- XL or BCL-2a (Figures 26B and 26C).
12.3 Conclusion
Cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) (with positive charges in the A and C helix) binds specifically and with high affinity to three different intracellular proteins.
Example 13. Intracellular uptake of CPAB Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5
13.1 Methods used
Intracellular uptake of Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) was studied in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG) in function of Alphabody concentration. The uptake was studied by confocal microscopy and intracellular Alphabody was visualized using an anti-V5 antibody recognizing the C-terminal V5 tag of the Alphabody. All experiments were performed on fixed and permeabilized cells. Control experiments with non-permeabilized cells were included.
This Alphabody binds to three different intracellular proteins of the BCL-2 family through a binding site present on its B helix and displays different cationization patterns on its A-helix and its C-helix as shown in Figure 24. Indeed, Lys and Arg residues were used to decorate the Alphabody and to design positively charged internalization regions.
13.1.1 Expression and purification of cationized Alphabody AB1 pan hiKR3-V5
Cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) was expressed in the soluble fraction of E. coli bacteria. The protein was purified by Ni-NTA chromatography followed by desalting and buffer exchange procedures. The protein was stored in 20 mM citric acid pH 3.0.
13.1.2 Intracellular uptake of cationized Alphabody AB1 pan hiKR3-V5
Intracellular uptake of AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) was studied in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG), which were cultured in DMEM + 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) and seeded in LabTek chambers at 10.000 cells/chamber and incubated overnight at 37°C and 5% C02. The next day, cationized Alphabody (dilution series) was incubated with the seeded cells for 2 h at 37°C and 5% C02. After incubation with the Alphabody, cells were washed 4 times (5 min/wash) with PBS (containing Mg and Ca (DPBS)).
To visualize intracellular Alphabody, cells were fixed with 4% formaldehyde at 4°C for 10 min followed by permeabilization with 0.1 % Triton X-100 at RT for 15 min. Cells were washed twice (10 min/wash) with glycine (0.75 g/100 ml) to stop the crosslinking of formaldehyde followed by a wash with DPBS (5 min/wash).
Cells were blocked with blocking buffer (DPBS + 1 % BSA) for 10 min at RT followed by incubation with the primary antibody directed against the V5 tag of the Alphabody (mouse anti-V5 Ab, Invitrogen, 46-0705) diluted at 1/400 in blocking buffer for 1 h at RT. Cells were washed 3 times (5 min/wash) with blocking buffer followed by addition of the secondary antibody, goat anti-mouse antibody labeled to Alexa488 (Invitrogen, A-10680) diluted 1/300 in blocking buffer and DAPI (4',6-Diamidino-2-Phenylindole, dihydrochloride) (nuclear staining) (1/100) for 30 min at RT. Finally, cells were washed 3 times (5 min/wash) with blocking buffer, 150 microl of DPBS was added and plates were read on a Zeiss Axiovert 200, LSM 510 Meta confocal microscope. 13.2 Results
13.2.1 1ntracellular uptake of AB1 pan hiKR3-V5 in human glioma cells U87.MG
Intracellular uptake of a concentration series of AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) was studied in human glioblastoma cells. After 2 hours of incubation of Alphabody with cells, intracellular Alphabody was detected with an anti-V5 antibody and a secondary Alexa488 labeled antibody.
A dose response dependent uptake was observed (data not shown). The lower concentration limit of intracellular uptake of AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 was determined qualitatively on images of single cells and corresponded to 156 nM. At this concentration, a fluorescent signal higher than the control signal (cells without Alphabody) was visible.
13.3 Conclusion
Cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) (with positive charges in the A and C helix) is able to penetrate cells in a dose dependent manner.
Example 14. Tumor cell viability studies with CPAB Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 specifically directed against three different intracellular target proteins, i.e. MCL-1 , BCL-XL and BCL-2a
This Example describes the effect of the CPAB Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27), which specifically binds to three different members of the BCL-2 protein family, on the viability of two cancer cell lines. Human glioma cells (U87.MG) and human T cell leukemia cells (MT4) were treated with Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 and a negative control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5, and cell viability was monitored using MTT (3-(4,5- Dimethylthiazol-2-YI)-2,5-Diphenyltetrazolium Bromide).
14.1 Methods used
Cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) binds to three different intracellular proteins of the BCL-2 family through a binding site present on its B-helix, and displays different cationization patterns in its A-helix and in its C-helix as shown in Figure 24. Indeed, Lys and Arg residues were used to decorate the Alphabody and to design positively charged internalization regions. 14.1.1 Expression and purification of AB1 pan hiKR3-V5
Cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) was expressed and purified as described in Example 2. 14.1.2 Cell viability assay
Cell viability was studied in the cancer cell lines U87.MG (human glioma cells) and MT4 (human T cell leukemia cells). U87.MG and MT4 cells were cultured in DMEM or RPMI + 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS), seeded in 96 well plates and incubated overnight at 37°C and 5% C02. The next day, cationized Alphabody (dilution series) was incubated with the seeded cells for 2 h in Opti-MEM cell culture medium without Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS). After 2 h, Opti-MEM with FBS was added to obtain a final concentration of 10% FBS, and cells were incubated for 48 h at 37°C and 5% C02. Cell viability was monitored using MTT. MTT is reduced to formazan by living cells. Solubilization of the formazan crystals results in a colored product that can be measured by spectrophotometry at 540 nm. Cell viability was expressed as percentage of viability of non-treated cells (=100% viability). All experiments were performed in triplicate.
14.2 Results
The effect on cell viability of cationized Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 27) was studied in human glioma cells (U87.MG) (data not shown) and human T cell leukemia cells (MT4) (results shown in Figure 27).
Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 induced dose dependent cell death both in human glioblastoma cells (U87.MG) and in human T cell leukemia cells (MT4). Cell viability of U87.MG cells decreased at concentrations of AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 exceeding 1 microM and was reduced to 56% at a concentration of 10 microM AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5. The negative control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 (SEQ ID NO: 18) showed no significant effect on U87.MG cell viability, i.e. about 100% of cells remained viable even at the highest concentrations. As shown in Figure 27, Alphabody AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 induced an even greater cell death in human T cell leukemia cells (MT4). Cell viability of MT4 cells decreased at concentrations of AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5 exceeding 2.5 microM and was reduced to only 8% at a concentration of 10 microM AB1_pan_hiKR3-V5. For the negative control Alphabody MB23_hiR-V5 about 100% of MT4 cells remained viable at concentrations up to 5 microM and only 18% reduction in viability was observed at the highest concentration of 10 microM.
GENERAL CONCLUSION
As will be clear from the results obtained in Examples 9 to 14, the CPAB polypeptides and CPAB Alphabodies are taken up rapidly by a variety of tumor cell lines at low nM range concentrations. This uptake is dose dependent, and to a large extent energy independent (i.e. by direct transduction). The polypeptides with anti-MCL1 , anti-BCL-XL and anti-BCL-2a activity as disclosed herein were shown to (i) effectively penetrate cancer cells, (ii) bind specifically to one or more intracellular target molecules from the group MCL-1 , BCL-XL and BCL-2a, and (iii) provoke a significant biological effect, namely induction of apoptosis.
These results indicate that the polypeptides as envisaged herein exhibit clear competitive advantages over other known approaches to address intracellular targets for prophylactic, therapeutic or diagnostic purposes as well as for screening and detection.

Claims

1. A polypeptide comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody, wherein said polypeptide is capable of being internalized into a cell and wherein said Alphabody specifically binds to an intracellular target molecule in said cell.
2. The polypeptide according to claim 1 , wherein said at least one Alphabody is fused or conjugated with at least one group, moiety, protein, or peptide which allows internalization into a cell.
3. The polypeptide according to claim 2, wherein said at least one Alphabody is conjugated to a cell penetrating peptide (CPP), preferably TAT or CPP5.
4. The polypeptide according to claim 1 , wherein said at least one Alphabody comprises one or more internalization regions comprising an amino acid residue motif or amino acid residue pattern within said at least one Alphabody.
5. The polypeptide according to claim 4, wherein said internalization region is a sequence of 16 amino acids comprising at least six positively charged amino acid residues.
6. The polypeptide according to any of claims 1 to 5, wherein said at least one Alphabody specifically binds to said intracellular target molecule primarily through a binding site present within at least one alpha-helix of said Alphabody.
7. The polypeptide according to any of claims 1 to 6, wherein said intracellular target molecule is an apoptotic or an anti-apoptotic protein.
8. The polypeptide according to any of claims 1 to 7, wherein said intracellular target molecule is an anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins.
9. The polypeptide according to claim 8, wherein said anti-apoptotic member of the BCL-2 family of proteins is chosen from the group consisting of MCL-1 , BCL-2, BCL-2a, BCL-XL, BCL-w and BFL-1/A1.
10. The polypeptide according to any of claims 1 to 9 for use as a medicament.
1 1. The polypeptide according to any of claims 1 to 10 for use in a method for the treatment of a disease or disorder, which is associated with the biological pathways or biological interactions in which said intracellular target molecule is involved.
12. A pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one polypeptide as defined in any of claims 1 to 1 1 and optionally one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
13. A method for the production of one or more polypeptides as defined by any one of claims 1 to 12, said method at least comprising the steps of: a) generating one or more polypeptides comprising or essentially consisting of at least one Alphabody, which is modified to allow internalization of said polypeptide into said cell,
b) testing whether said polypeptide has detectable binding affinity for said intracellular target molecule, and optionally
c) isolating said one or more polypeptides.
PCT/EP2013/050101 2012-01-06 2013-01-04 Binding agents to intracellular target molecules WO2013102659A2 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014550707A JP2015504064A (en) 2012-01-06 2013-01-04 Binding agents for intracellular target molecules
CA2860666A CA2860666A1 (en) 2012-01-06 2013-01-04 Binding agents to intracellular target molecules
IN1562MUN2014 IN2014MN01562A (en) 2012-01-06 2013-01-04
EP13701577.2A EP2800759B1 (en) 2012-01-06 2013-01-04 Binding agents to intracellular target molecules
BR112014016744A BR112014016744A2 (en) 2012-01-06 2013-01-04 polypeptide, pharmaceutical composition and method for producing one or more polypeptides
US14/370,213 US20140363434A1 (en) 2012-01-06 2013-01-04 Binding agents to intracellular target molecules
AU2013207209A AU2013207209B2 (en) 2012-01-06 2013-01-04 Binding agents to intracellular target molecules
CN201380009041.0A CN104159913A (en) 2012-01-06 2013-01-04 Binding agents to intracellular target molecules

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261583761P 2012-01-06 2012-01-06
EP12150406 2012-01-06
US61/583,761 2012-01-06
EP12150406.2 2012-01-06
US201261716893P 2012-10-22 2012-10-22
US61/716,893 2012-10-22

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013102659A2 true WO2013102659A2 (en) 2013-07-11
WO2013102659A3 WO2013102659A3 (en) 2013-08-29

Family

ID=48745494

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2013/050101 WO2013102659A2 (en) 2012-01-06 2013-01-04 Binding agents to intracellular target molecules

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (1) US20140363434A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2800759B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2015504064A (en)
CN (1) CN104159913A (en)
AU (1) AU2013207209B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112014016744A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2860666A1 (en)
IN (1) IN2014MN01562A (en)
WO (1) WO2013102659A2 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150266925A1 (en) * 2012-10-22 2015-09-24 Complix Nv Polypeptides specifically binding to il-23
EP3065758A4 (en) * 2013-11-06 2017-11-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Peptide containing conjugates for dual molecular delivery of oligonucleotides
WO2019235426A1 (en) 2018-06-04 2019-12-12 中外製薬株式会社 Antigen-binding molecule showing changed half-life in cytoplasm
EP4036117A1 (en) * 2021-01-27 2022-08-03 Complix NV Mcl-1 binding alphabodies and uses thereof
WO2023203127A1 (en) * 2022-04-20 2023-10-26 Vib Vzw Alphabody-based degrader molecules

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2909233B1 (en) * 2012-10-22 2016-12-07 Complix NV Polypeptides capable of cellular internalization
AU2016232833A1 (en) 2015-03-18 2017-10-12 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Selective Mcl-1 binding peptides
AU2016316842C1 (en) 2015-08-28 2021-04-22 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Peptides binding to BFL-1
US11198715B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2021-12-14 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Selective Bfl-1 peptides
WO2019118719A1 (en) 2017-12-15 2019-06-20 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Selective targeting of apoptosis proteins by structurally-stabilized and/or cysteine-reactive noxa peptides
US11286299B2 (en) 2018-09-17 2022-03-29 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Peptides selective for Bcl-2 family proteins

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2161278A1 (en) 2008-09-08 2010-03-10 Complix N.V. Single-chain coiled coil scaffold
WO2010066740A1 (en) 2008-12-08 2010-06-17 Complix Nv Single-chain antiparallel coiled coil proteins
WO2011003936A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2011-01-13 Complix Nv Alphabodies for hiv entry inhibition
WO2011003935A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2011-01-13 Complix Nv Parathyroid hormone related protein antagonists
WO2012092971A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Complix Nv Alphabodies specifically binding to viral proteins and methods for producing the same
WO2012092970A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Complix Nv Alphabody libraries and methods for producing the same
WO2012093172A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Complix Nv Alphabodies specifically binding to cytokines or growth factors and/or cytokine or growth factor receptors
WO2012093013A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Complix Nv Alphabodies specifically binding to class-i viral fusion proteins and methods for producing the same

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5470955A (en) * 1993-02-02 1995-11-28 Dartmouth College Antibodies which specifically bind mcl-1 polypeptide
EP2336179A1 (en) * 2002-11-08 2011-06-22 Ablynx N.V. Stabilized single domain antibodies
WO2010108824A1 (en) * 2009-03-23 2010-09-30 Vib Vzw L-plastin antibodies and their use

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2161278A1 (en) 2008-09-08 2010-03-10 Complix N.V. Single-chain coiled coil scaffold
WO2010066740A1 (en) 2008-12-08 2010-06-17 Complix Nv Single-chain antiparallel coiled coil proteins
WO2011003936A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2011-01-13 Complix Nv Alphabodies for hiv entry inhibition
WO2011003935A1 (en) 2009-07-08 2011-01-13 Complix Nv Parathyroid hormone related protein antagonists
WO2012092971A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Complix Nv Alphabodies specifically binding to viral proteins and methods for producing the same
WO2012092970A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Complix Nv Alphabody libraries and methods for producing the same
WO2012093172A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Complix Nv Alphabodies specifically binding to cytokines or growth factors and/or cytokine or growth factor receptors
WO2012093013A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Complix Nv Alphabodies specifically binding to class-i viral fusion proteins and methods for producing the same

Non-Patent Citations (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
AKGUL, CELL. MOL. LIFE. SCI., vol. 66, 2009, pages 1326 - 1336
ARNHEITER, H.; HALLER, O.: "Antiviral state against influenza virus neutralized by microinjection of antibodies to interferon-induced Mx proteins", EMBO J., vol. 7, 1988, pages 1315 - 1320
BIRD ET AL., PNAS, vol. 107, 2010, pages 14093 - 14098
BROWN ET AL., PROTEINS, vol. 26, 1996, pages 134 - 145
CHAKRABARTI, R. ET AL.: "Transfer of monoclonal antibodies into mammalian cells by electroporation", J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 264, 1989, pages 15494 - 15500, XP055202621
COHEN; PARRY, PROTEINS, vol. 7, 1990, pages 1 - 15
FRANKEL; PABO, CELL, vol. 55, no. 6, 1988, pages 1189 - 1193
GOMEZ ET AL., PHARMACEUTICAL, vol. 3, no. 12, 2010, pages 3594 - 3613
GREEN ET AL., CELL, vol. 55, no. 6, 1988, pages 1179 - 1188
HARBURY ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 282, 1998, pages 1462 - 1467
KOHN; HODGES, TRENDS BIOTECHNOL, vol. 16, 1998, pages 379 - 389
LEE ET AL., CELL DEATH AND DIFFERENTIATION, vol. 14, 2007, pages 1711 - 1719
LUPAS ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 252, 1991, pages 1162 - 1164
LUPAS; GRUBER, ADV PROTEIN CHEM, vol. 70, 2005, pages 37 - 78
MADANI ET AL., JOURNAL OF BIOPHYSICS, vol. 2011
MASON; ARNDT, CHEMBIOCHEM, vol. 5, 2004, pages 170 - 176
MCFARLANE ET AL., EUR J PHARMACO1, vol. 625, 2009, pages 101 - 107
PARRY ET AL., J STRUCT BIOL, vol. 163, 2008, pages 258 - 269
QUINN ET AL., EXPERT OPINION, vol. 20, 2011, pages 1397 - 141
QUINN ET AL., EXPERT OPINION, vol. 20, 2011, pages 1397 - 1411
SATTLER ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 275, 1997, pages 983 - 986
SCHNEIDER ET AL., FOLD DES, vol. 3, 1998, pages R29 - R40
STEWART ET AL., NAT. CHEM. BIOL., vol. 6, 2010, pages 595 - 601
STEWART ET AL., NATURE CHEMICAL BIOLOGY, vol. 6, 2010, pages 595 - 601
WALSHAW; WOOLFSON, J MOL BIOL, vol. 307, 2001, pages 1427 - 1450
WOOLFSON, ADV PROTEIN CHEM, vol. 70, 2005, pages 79 - 112
YANG ET AL., MOL. CANCER THER., vol. 9, no. 4, 2010, pages 953 - 962

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150266925A1 (en) * 2012-10-22 2015-09-24 Complix Nv Polypeptides specifically binding to il-23
US9701717B2 (en) * 2012-10-22 2017-07-11 Complix Nv Polypeptides specifically binding to IL-23
EP3065758A4 (en) * 2013-11-06 2017-11-22 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Peptide containing conjugates for dual molecular delivery of oligonucleotides
US10239957B2 (en) 2013-11-06 2019-03-26 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Peptide containing conjugates for dual molecular delivery of oligonucleotides
WO2019235426A1 (en) 2018-06-04 2019-12-12 中外製薬株式会社 Antigen-binding molecule showing changed half-life in cytoplasm
EP4036117A1 (en) * 2021-01-27 2022-08-03 Complix NV Mcl-1 binding alphabodies and uses thereof
WO2022162069A1 (en) * 2021-01-27 2022-08-04 Complix Nv Mcl-1 binding alphabodies and uses thereof
WO2023203127A1 (en) * 2022-04-20 2023-10-26 Vib Vzw Alphabody-based degrader molecules

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IN2014MN01562A (en) 2015-05-08
WO2013102659A3 (en) 2013-08-29
US20140363434A1 (en) 2014-12-11
AU2013207209B2 (en) 2017-02-16
EP2800759B1 (en) 2018-07-18
BR112014016744A8 (en) 2017-07-04
CA2860666A1 (en) 2013-07-11
EP2800759A2 (en) 2014-11-12
CN104159913A (en) 2014-11-19
JP2015504064A (en) 2015-02-05
AU2013207209A1 (en) 2014-08-07
BR112014016744A2 (en) 2018-09-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2013207209B2 (en) Binding agents to intracellular target molecules
JP6486908B2 (en) Designed ankyrin repeat protein that binds to hepatocyte growth factor
Cromm et al. Protease-resistant and cell-permeable double-stapled peptides targeting the Rab8a GTPase
US9303076B2 (en) Cell-penetrating peptides and uses thereof
US9284362B2 (en) α/β-peptide mimics of Z-domain peptides
AU2014301777A1 (en) High-stability T-cell receptor and preparation method and application thereof
WO2013067029A9 (en) Fibronectin binding domains with reduced immunogenicity
CA2888930C (en) Polypeptides capable of cellular internalization
Anananuchatkul et al. Construction of a stapled α-helix peptide library displayed on phage for the screening of galectin-3-binding peptide ligands
Philippe et al. Angler peptides: macrocyclic conjugates inhibit p53: MDM2/X interactions and activate apoptosis in cancer cells
JP7019600B2 (en) Peptide for the treatment of age-related macular degeneration
Yin et al. An integrated molecular grafting approach for the design of Keap1-targeted peptide inhibitors
KR101993892B1 (en) Method of Screening Antibody Using Patient Derived Cell
WO2018109771A1 (en) Fusion proteins for treatment of cancer
JP2019534858A (en) Selective peptide inhibitor of FRIZZLED
CA3171925A1 (en) Molecules targeting ras protein
WO2019245012A1 (en) Peptide for treating retinitis pigmentosa
GB2471693A (en) Parathyroid hormone related protein antagonists
US20170174733A1 (en) Chagasin-based scaffold compositions, methods, and uses
WO2013149237A1 (en) Targeting intracellular organelle zip codes with functional homing ligands from cell-internalizing phage combinatorial libraries
WO2012122519A2 (en) Ligands to the membrane protein caveolin

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13701577

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

DPE1 Request for preliminary examination filed after expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14370213

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014550707

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

Ref document number: 2860666

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013701577

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013207209

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20130104

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112014016744

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112014016744

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20140707

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01E

Ref document number: 112014016744

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A8

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112014016744

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20140707